WO2012160448A2 - Anticorps anti-kir destinés au traitement de troubles inflammatoires - Google Patents

Anticorps anti-kir destinés au traitement de troubles inflammatoires Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012160448A2
WO2012160448A2 PCT/IB2012/001512 IB2012001512W WO2012160448A2 WO 2012160448 A2 WO2012160448 A2 WO 2012160448A2 IB 2012001512 W IB2012001512 W IB 2012001512W WO 2012160448 A2 WO2012160448 A2 WO 2012160448A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
disease
antibody
cells
autoimmune
individual
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2012/001512
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
WO2012160448A3 (fr
Inventor
Francois Romagne
Pascale Andre
Original Assignee
Innate Pharma, S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to BR112013030017-5A priority Critical patent/BR112013030017A2/pt
Priority to AU2012260601A priority patent/AU2012260601B2/en
Priority to MX2013013635A priority patent/MX347514B/es
Priority to CN201280037229.1A priority patent/CN103717619B/zh
Priority to ES12753810T priority patent/ES2765874T3/es
Priority to JP2014511973A priority patent/JP6342325B2/ja
Priority to KR1020137033948A priority patent/KR102046666B1/ko
Priority to EP12753810.6A priority patent/EP2714741B1/fr
Application filed by Innate Pharma, S.A. filed Critical Innate Pharma, S.A.
Priority to CA2837184A priority patent/CA2837184C/fr
Priority to SG2013086137A priority patent/SG195082A1/en
Priority to EA201391755A priority patent/EA036545B1/ru
Publication of WO2012160448A2 publication Critical patent/WO2012160448A2/fr
Publication of WO2012160448A3 publication Critical patent/WO2012160448A3/fr
Priority to IL229582A priority patent/IL229582B/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This invention relates to the modulation of NK cell activity using immunomodulatory anti- KIR antibodies to treat or prevent inflammatory diseases and autoimmune diseases, particularly diseases mediated, at least in part, by proinflammatory T cells.
  • Natural killer (NK) cells are a subset of large granular lymphocytes that act as cytotoxic immune cells.
  • the cytotoxic activity mediated by NK cells naturally against target cells ⁇ e.g., cancer cells, virally infected cells) is generally expressed a being the result of a "balance" of positive and negative signals transmitted respectively by activating and inhibitory cell surface receptors.
  • NK cells can be identified by any number of known cell surface markers which vary between species (e.g., in humans CD56, CD 16, NKp44, NKp46, and NKp30 are often used; in mice NK1.1, Ly49A-W, CD49b are often used).
  • NK cells are capable of killing certain autologous, allogeneic, and even xenogeneic tumor cells, virus-infected cells, certain bacteria (e.g., Salmonella typhi), and other target cells.
  • NK cells appear to preferentially kill target cells that express little or no Major Histocompatibility Class I (MHCI or MHC-I) molecules on their surface.
  • MHCI Major Histocompatibility Class I
  • NK cells also kill target cells to which antibody molecules have attached, a mechanism known as antibody- dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • ADCC antibody- dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • NK cells can release pore- forming proteins called perforins, proteolytic enzymes called granzymes, and cytokines/chemokines (e.g., TNFa, IFNy) that directly lead to target cell apoptosis or lysis, or that regulate other immune responses.
  • cytokines/chemokines e.g., TNFa, IFNy
  • NK cells Upon activation, NK cells also may express Fas ligand (FasL), enabling these cells to induce apoptosis in cells that express Fas.
  • FasL Fas ligand
  • NK cells may be present in normal numbers in an individual, but if not activated these cells will be ineffective in performing vital immune system functions, such as eliminating abnormal cells. Decreased NK cell activity is linked to the
  • NK cell activity causes greater susceptibility to diseases such as chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS), viral infections, and the development of cancers.
  • CFS chronic fatigue syndrome
  • NK cell activity is regulated by NK cell activity-modulating receptors (NKCAMRs), which may be specific for various ligands such as MHC-I molecules, MHC-I homologs, or other biological molecules expressed on target cells.
  • NK cells in an individual typically present a number of activating and inhibitory receptors.
  • the activity of NK cells is regulated by a balance of signals transduced through these activating and inhibitory receptors.
  • Most NK cell activity-modulating receptors appear to belong to one of two classes of proteins: the immunoglobulin (Ig)-like receptor superfamily (IgSF) or the C-type lectin-like receptor (CTLR) super family. See, e.g., Radaev and Sun (2003) Annu. Rev. Biomol. Struct. 32: 93-1 14).
  • Ig immunoglobulin
  • CLR C-type lectin-like receptor
  • IgSF Ig superfamily
  • Ig-like receptors Ig-like receptors
  • Activating ILR NK receptors include, e.g., CD2, CD16, CD69, DNAX accessory molecule-1 (DNAM-1), 2B4, NK1.1 ; killer immunoglobulin (Ig)-like activating receptors (KARs); ILTs/LERs; and natural cytotoxicity receptors (NCRs), such as NKp44, NKp46, and NKp30.
  • activating receptors belong to the CLTR superfamily e.g., NKRP- 1 , CD69; CD94/NKG2C and CD94/NKG2E heterodimers, NKG2D homodimer, and in mice, activating isoforms of Ly49, such as Ly49A-D).
  • activating receptors ⁇ e.g., LFA-1 and VLA-4
  • LFA-1 and VLA-4 belong to the integrin protein superfamily and other activating receptors may have even other distinguishable structures.
  • Many activating receptors possess extracellular domains that bind to MHC-I molecules, and cytoplasmic domains that are relatively short and lack the immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif ( ⁇ ) signaling motifs characteristic of inhibitory NK receptors.
  • the transmembrane domains of these receptors typically include a charged amino acid residue that facilitates their association with signal transduction- associated molecules, e.g., CD3zeta, FceRIy, DAP12, and DAP10 (2B4, however, appears to be an exception to this general rule), which contain short amino acid sequences termed an "immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activating motif (ITAMs) that propagate NK cell-activating signals.
  • Receptor 2B4 contains 4 Immunoreceptor Tyrosine-based Switch Motifs (ITSMs) in its cytoplasmic tail. ITSM motifs can also be found in NKCARs CS 1/CRACC and NTB-A.
  • the cytoplasmic domains of 2B4 and SLAM contain two or more unique tyrosine-based motifs that resemble motifs presents in activating and inhibitory receptors and can recruit the SH2-domain containing proteins SHP-2 and SLAM-associated protein (SAP).
  • Stress-induced molecules e.g., MIC-A, MIC-B, and ULBPs (in humans), and Rae- 1 and H-60 (in mice), can serve as ligands for activating receptors, such as the NKG2D homodimer.
  • Cellular carbohydrates, pathogenic antigens, and antibodies can also be activating receptors ligands.
  • NKR-P1 may bind to carbohydrate ligands and trigger NK cell activation, particularly against tumor cells which exhibit aberrant glycosylation patterns.
  • Viral hemagglutinins may serve as ligands for natural cytotoxic receptors (NCRs), such as ILR NKCARs NKp30, NKp44, NKp46, and NKp80.
  • NCRs natural cytotoxic receptors
  • Activating receptors can either directly transduce activating signals or can act in connection with adaptor molecules or other receptors, either in the context of a coordinated response between receptors that are sometimes singularly effective or in the context of coreceptor-receptor pairings.
  • NCRs typically lack ITAMs and, accordingly, bind to adaptor molecules through a charged residue in their transmembrane domains (e.g., NKp30 associates with the CD3 zeta chain; NKp44 associates with DAP12 and/or KARAP; NKp46 is coupled to the CD3 zeta chain and FcRIy chain), which are, in turn, able to recruit protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) in order to propagate NK cell- activating signals.
  • CD 16 which is an activating receptor important to NK cell-mediated ADCC and cytokine production, associates with homodimers or heterodimers formed of CD3 zeta and/or gamma chains.
  • NKG2D appears to play a complementary and/or synergistic role with NCRs and activating receptors in NK cell activation. Activation of NK cells against particular targets may require coordinated activation of multiple activating receptors or NCRs, or only action of a single receptor.
  • Other triggering surface molecules including 2B4 and NKp80 appear to function as coreceptors for NK cell activation.
  • KIRs human killer immunoglobulin-like receptors
  • murine Ly-49 proteins e.g., Ly-49D and Ly-49H
  • NK natural killer
  • KIR Killer cell immunoglobulin-like receptors
  • KIR are a family of highly polymorphic activating and inhibitory receptors that serve as key regulators of human NK cell function. Distinct structural domains in different KIR family members determine function by providing docking sites for ligands or signalling proteins.
  • ILR (IgSF) NK cell inhibitory receptors include a number of different human KIRs specific for HLA-A, -B, or -C allotypes, KIRs may recognize multiple alleles within a particular allotype, e.g., KIR2DL1 recognizes HLA-Cw2, Cw4, and Cw6 allotypes.
  • CTLR superfamily inhibitory receptors include members of the CD94/NKG2 protein family, which comprise receptors formed by lectin-like CD94 with various members of the NKG2 family, such as NKG2A, and recognize the nonclassical MCH-I molecules HLA-E and Qa- 1 (in humans and mice, respectively), and the murine Ly49 molecules that recognize the classical MHC-I molecules in mice.
  • NKRP1 A, Nkrp lf and Nkrpld are inhibitory receptors whose ligands are not MHC-related, but are CTLR family members expressed on various cell types, such as dendritic cells, macrophages, and lymphocytes.
  • MHC class I-specific KCIRs include CTLR Ly-49 receptors (in mice); the IgSF receptors Leukocyte Immunoglobulin-like Receptor (LIRs)(in humans), KIRs (e.g., p58 and p70 Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptors)(in humans), and CTLR CD94/NKG2 receptors (in mice and humans).
  • LIRs Leukocyte Immunoglobulin-like Receptor
  • KIRs e.g., p58 and p70 Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptors
  • CTLR CD94/NKG2 receptors in mice and humans.
  • All MHC-I-specific NKCIRs appear to use a common inhibitory mechanism apparently involving phosphorylation of ITIMs in their cytoplasmic domains in the course of MHC-I binding, and recruitment of tyrosine phosphatases (e.g., SHP-1 and SHP-2) to the phosphorylated ITIMs, resulting in the inhibition of proximal protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) involved in NK activation through NKCARs.
  • PTKs proximal protein tyrosine kinases
  • Antibodies against activity-modulating receptors, such as KIR have been previously described. There also has been at least some suggestion of combining anti-NK receptor antibodies, such as anti-KIR antibodies, with other anti-cancer agents in the prior art.
  • WO 2004/056392 describes anti-NKp30 and/or anti-NKp46 antibodies used in admixture with interIeukin-2 (IL-2).
  • WO 2008/084106 describes anti-KIR formulations, dosages and dose regimens.
  • WO 2005/079766 also describes combinations of antibodies (e.g., anti-tissue factor antibodies) including anti-KIR antibodies for use in cancer therapies.
  • WO 2005/003168 and WO 2005/003172 describe combinations of a number of anti-KIR antibodies with a variety of agents, including IL-2 and interleukin-21 (IL-21).
  • WO 2005/037306 similarly describes combinations of IL-21 , IL-21 derivatives, and IL-21 analogues in combination with anti-KIR antibodies.
  • WO 2005/009465 describes the combination of a therapeutic antibody (e.g., Rituxan) in combination with a compound that blocks an inhibitory receptor or stimulates an activating receptor of an NK cell (e.g., an anti-KIR monoclonal antibody, such as the monoclonal antibody DF200, or an anti-NKp30 monoclonal antibody) in order to enhance the efficiency of the treatment with therapeutic antibodies in human subjects.
  • a therapeutic antibody e.g., Rituxan
  • a compound that blocks an inhibitory receptor or stimulates an activating receptor of an NK cell e.g., an anti-KIR monoclonal antibody, such as the monoclonal antibody DF200, or an anti-NKp30 monoclonal antibody
  • An autoimmune disorder is a condition that occurs when the immune system mistakenly attacks and destroys healthy body tissue.
  • the immune system's white blood cells help protect the body from harmful substances, called antigens.
  • antigens include bacteria, viruses, toxins, cancer cells, and blood or tissues from another person or species.
  • the immune system produces antibodies that destroy these harmful substances.
  • the immune system can not distinguish between self and non-self (e.g., healthy tissue and foreign antigens). The result is an immune response that destroys normal body tissues. This response is a hypersensitivity reaction similar to the response in allergic conditions. In allergies, the immune system reacts to an outside substance that it normally would ignore. With autoimmune disorders, the immune system reacts to normal body tissues that it would normally ignore.
  • self and non-self e.g., healthy tissue and foreign antigens
  • An autoimmune disorder may result in the destruction of one or more types of body tissue, abnormal growth of an organ, and changes in organ function.
  • An autoimmune disorder may affect one or more organ or tissue types.
  • Organs and tissues commonly affected by autoimmune disorders include blood vessels, connective tissues, endocrine glands (e.g., thyroid or pancreas), joints, muscles, red blood cells, and skin.
  • a person may have more than one autoimmune disorder at the same time.
  • Symptoms of an autoimmune disease vary based on the disease and location of the abnormal immune response. Common symptoms that often occur with autoimmune diseases include fatigue, fever, and a general ill-feeling (malaise). Tests that may be done to diagnose an autoimmune disorder may include: antinuclear antibody tests, autoantibody tests, CBC, C-reactive protein (CRP), and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR).
  • Medicines are often prescribed to control or reduce the immune system's response. They are often called immunosuppressive medicines. Such medicines may include corticosteroids (such as prednisone) and nonsteroid drugs such as azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate, sirolimus, or tacrolimus.
  • corticosteroids such as prednisone
  • nonsteroid drugs such as azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate, sirolimus, or tacrolimus.
  • Inflammation is part of the complex biological response of vascular tissues to harmful stimuli, such as pathogens, damaged cells, or irritants. Inflammation is a protective attempt by the organism to remove the injurious stimuli and to initiate the healing process. Without inflammation, wounds and infections would never heal. Similarly, progressive destruction of the tissue would compromise the survival of the organism. However, chronic inflammation can also lead to a host of diseases, such as hay fever, periodontitis, atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and even cancer (e.g., gallbladder carcinoma). It is for that reason that inflammation is normally closely regulated by the body.
  • Inflammation can be classified as either acute or chronic.
  • Acute inflammation is the initial response of the body to harmful stimuli and is achieved by the increased movement of plasma and leukocytes (especially granulocytes) from the blood into the injured tissues.
  • a cascade of biochemical events propagates and matures the inflammatory response, involving the local vascular system, the immune system, and various cells within the injured tissue.
  • Prolonged inflammation known as chronic inflammation, leads to a progressive shift in the type of cells present at the site of
  • T-cells are involved in the promulgation of inflammation. Differentiation of naive T cells leads to the generation of T-cell subsets, each possessing distinct cytokine expression profiles for serving different immune functions. Through the activation of separate signaling pathways, this process results in both differentiated helper T (Th) cells, termed Th l , Th2 and Th l 7, and induced regulatory T cells, which suppress Th cells. These different cells are important for combating infectious diseases and cancers; however, when aberrant, they can be responsible for chronic inflammatory diseases. One such disease is inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), in which each T-cell subset can have a role in disease. Zenewicz, et al. (2009) Trends in Molecular Medicine 15(5): 199- 207.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • NK cells While NK cells have received a great deal of attention in the scientific literature for their potential contribution to anti-tumor and anti-viral responses, few studies have been directed to examining the role of NK cells in inflammation and autoimmunity, particularly the KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3-expressing subsets. The approach toward these NK cells, if anything, has been to seek to eliminate or inhibit NK cells on the basis that they may contribute to inflammation and autoimmunity. The effect of KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 -mediated potentiating of NK cell cytotoxicity in inflammatory settings has to date not been addressed.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder.
  • the methods may comprise administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the individual may have an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated by T cells, e.g., a disorder involving proinflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells (e.g., in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), CD4+ T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and or HLA-cw4.
  • the individual may have an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder selected from the group consisting of systemic lupus erythematosus, Wegener's granulomatosis, autoimmune hepatitis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, Type 1 diabetes mellitus, uveitis, myocarditis, rheumatic fever, ankylosing spondylitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, and psoriasis.
  • an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder selected from the group consisting of systemic lupus erythematosus, Wegener's granulomatosis, autoimmune hepatitis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, Type 1 diabetes mellitus, uveitis, myocarditis, rheumatic fever, ankylosing spondylitis, rheumato
  • anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be characterized on the basis of their ability to block or neutralize IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3-mediated NK inhibition and thereby potentiate NK cell activity against otherwise blocked target cells.
  • the antibody may be a single anti-KIR antibody or combination of anti- KIR antibodies.
  • the antibody may be a combination of an anti-KIR2DLl antibody and an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody, or an anti-KTR2DLl antibody and an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody, or an anti-KTR2DLl antibody and an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody and an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody, or an anti-KIR antibody that binds at least two different human inhibitory KIR receptor gene products selected from the group consisting of KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3, or an anti-KIR antibody binds each of KIR2DL1 , 2 and 3, wherein said antibody may be capable of neutralizing KER-mediated inhibition of NK cell cytotoxicity in NK cells expressing the particular KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 receptors.
  • an effective amount of one or more KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be an amount of such antibody that results in substantially complete saturation (90%, optionally 95% receptor occupancy) of the KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 week, optionally about 2 weeks, optionally about 3 weeks, optionally about one month, following administration of the antibody.
  • antibody may be dosed in amount and at a frequency that results in substantially complete saturation (90%, optionally 95% receptor occupancy) of the KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 week without a significant "de-saturation" during the treatment period.
  • an effective amount of one or more KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be an amount of such antibody that results in substantially complete KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 saturation (90% KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 occupancy, optionally 95% KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 occupancy) on circulating NK cells for a period of at least about 2 weeks, optionally about 3 weeks, optionally about one month, following administration of the antibody, and the antibody may be dosed at least twice, wherein dosing occurs about once every 2 weeks, once every 3 weeks, or once per month (subsequent doses are separated by about 2 weeks, 3 weeks or one month).
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, 2, and/or 3 antibody may be dosed in amount and at a frequency that results in substantially complete saturation (90%, optionally 95% receptor occupancy) of the KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 week and that permits a significant "de-saturation" during the treatment period.
  • an effective amount of one or more KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be an amount of such antibody that results in substantially complete KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 saturation (90% KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 occupancy, optionally 95% KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 occupancy) on circulating NK cells for a period of at least about 2 weeks, optionally about 3 weeks, optionally about one month, following administration of the antibody, and the antibody may be dosed at least twice, wherein dosing occurs about once every two months (subsequent doses are separated by about two months).
  • a method for producing an antibody may comprise: (a) immunizing a non-human mammal with an immunogen comprising a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide; (b) selecting antibodies from said immunized mammal, wherein said antibodies bind said KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (c) selecting antibodies of (b) that potentiate NK cells' elimination of T cells, particularly activated CD4+ T cells.
  • an antibody selected in step (c) may be determined to be suitable for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder.
  • the method of producing an antibody may comprise providing a library of antibodies, optionally by phage display techniques.
  • a method for producing an antibody may comprise: (a) providing a library of antibodies by phage display techniques; (b) selecting antibodies from said library, wherein said antibodies bind said KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (c) selecting antibodies of (b) that potentiate NK cells' elimination of T cells, particularly activated CD4+ T cells.
  • an antibody selected in step (c) will be determined to be suitable for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating a T cell in vitro or in vivo may comprise contacting a T cell with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, in the presence of cells (e.g., NK cells) that express a KTR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the T cells may be pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating T cells in vivo may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the T cells may be activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells (e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4, or infiltrating T cells.
  • the infiltrating T cells may infiltrate into disease tissues including but not limited to synovial joint tissues or synovial fluid, into the central nervous system, colon, or dermal tissue.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating T cells comprising administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said T cells are activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells ⁇ e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), infiltrating T cells (infiltration into disease tissues, e.g.
  • an effective amount may be an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • a method for activated and/or proliferating T cells may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating T cells CD4+ T cells comprising administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for pro-inflammatory T cells e.g.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating infiltrating T cells may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating infiltrating T cells may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti- idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for reducing or eliminating T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4 may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, preferably a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells, an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti- idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • said compound that inhibits a KTR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory disorder mediated at least in part by T cells, e.g., pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells (e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), CD4+ T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA- cw4; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory disorder mediated at least in part by said T cells, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • T cells e.g., pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells (e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), CD4+ T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA- cw4; and (b)
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by T cells, e.g., pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells ⁇ e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue), CD4+ T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA- cw4; and (b) if the individual has an autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by said T cells, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • T cells e.g., pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells ⁇ e.g. in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue
  • CD4+ T cells e.g. infiltrating T cells
  • said compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of inflammatory disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of disease in an individual may comprise analyzing levels of autoantibodies, CRP, or any proteolytic enzyme, inflammatory mediator or marker of ongoing inflammation. If said individual is determined to be suitable for treatment with a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide ⁇ e.g.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti- idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of autoimmune disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of disease in an individual may comprise analyzing levels of autoantibodies, CRP, or any proteolytic enzyme, inflammatory mediator or marker of ongoing inflammation. If said individual is determined to be suitable for treatment with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide ⁇ e.g.
  • said compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • said compound is a chimeric, humanized, anti- idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific antibody or antibody fragment thereof.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established inflammatory disease; and (b) if said individual has an established inflammatory disease, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual has an established autoimmune disease, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti- KJR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established inflammatory disease; and (b) if said individual has an established inflammatory disease, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual has an established autoimmune disease, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory disease, administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti- KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease, administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual has an inflammatory disease characterized by the presence of T cells; and (b) if said individual has an inflammatory disease characterized by the presence of T said cells, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said T cells may be activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • said compound is an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual has autoimmune disease characterized by the presence of T cells; and (b) if said individual has an autoimmune disease characterized by the presence of T said cells, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said T cells may be activated and or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • said compound is an anti- KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for the treatment of an individual having an inflammatory disease may comprise administering to the individual a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an individual having an autoimmune disease, particularly an established autoimmune disease, or experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease comprises administering to the individual a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disease may comprise administering a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disease may comprise administering a compound that inhibits a KTR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by T cells; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by said T cells, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KTR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of inflammatory or autoimmune disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established inflammatory or autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual has an established inflammatory or autoimmune disease, administering to said patient an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a TR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory or autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory or autoimmune disease, administering to said individual an effective dose of a compound that inhibits a KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is administered as a monotherapy, i.e., used in treatment as a single agent.
  • the medicament may comprise the compound that inhibits a KTR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is free of any other pharmaceutically active agents and/or no additional pharmaceutically active agents are used to treat the individual for the particular disease condition.
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide can be used without the addition or presence of other active agents.
  • compounds that inhibits a KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide may be administered in combination with, i.e., before,
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide may be administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent, optionally any agent typically used in the context of the particular disease condition.
  • the second agent may be an agent other than a therapeutic antibody that induces, via ADCC, the death a cell expressing an antigen to which the second agent binds.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an agent other than an antibody having an IgGl or IgG3 isotype, whose mode of action involves induction of ADCC toward a cell to which the antibody binds.
  • the second agent may be an antibody having a constant region of IgG4 isotype or an antibody fragment (e.g., Fab or F(ab)'2 fragment).
  • the second agent may be an antibody linked to a cytotoxic moiety.
  • the second agent may be a non-antibody polypeptide.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an synthetic small molecule agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an small molecule chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be a DMARD.
  • the second therapeutic agent is [0058]
  • the methods may further comprise administering to the individual a DMARD.
  • a method of treating an individual having an autoimmune or inflammatory disease may comprise administering to the individual (a) an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (b) a DMARD.
  • the compound inhibits a KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide and modulates NK cell cytoxicity as a result of inhibiting said a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the compound may comprise an antibody that binds a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for determining the suitability of treatment with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide for a patient may comprise determining whether said patient has an established inflammatory disease, whether said patient may be experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare, and/or whether said patient has a disease characterized by the presence of T cells, e.g., activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • T cells e.g., activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for determining the suitability of treatment with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide for a patient may comprise determining whether said patient has an established autoimmune disease, whether said patient may be experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare, and/or whether said patient has a disease characterized by the presence of T cells, e.g., activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • T cells e.g., activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise
  • a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • the compound is an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the individual has having an autoimmune disorder mediated by T cells.
  • the autoimmune disorder is Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS), acquired splenic atrophy, acute anterior uveitis, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM), acute gouty arthritis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, acute or chronic sinusitis, acute purulent meningitis (or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders), acute serious inflammation, Addison's disease, adrenalitis, adult onset diabetes mellitus (Type ⁇ diabetes), adult-onset idiopathic hypoparathyroidism (AOIH), Agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, vasculitides, including vasculitis (including large vessel vasculitis (including polymyalgia rheumatica and giant cell
  • AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
  • ADAM Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis
  • acute gouty arthritis acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leuk
  • autoimmune hepatological disorder autoimmune hyperlipidemia, autoimmune immunodeficiency, autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune neutropenia, autoimmune pancreatitis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathies, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome type I, autoimmune retinopathy, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura (ATP), autoimmune thyroid disease, autoimmune urticaria, autoimmune-mediated gastrointestinal diseases, Axonal & neuronal neuropathies, Balo disease, Behcet's disease, benign familial and ischemia- reperfusion injury, benign lymphocytic angiitis, Berger's disease (IgA nephropathy), bird-fancier's lung, blindness, Boeck's disease, bronchiolitis obliterans (non-transplant) vs NSIP, bronchitis, bronchopneumonic aspergillosis, Bruton'
  • myocarditis myocarditis, CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud's phenomenon), Crohn's disease,
  • cryoglobulinemia Cushing's syndrome, cyclitis e.g. , chronic cyclitis, heterochronic cyclitis, iridocyclitis, or Fuch's cyclitis), cystic fibrosis, cytokine-induced toxicity, deafness, degenerative arthritis, demyelinating diseases (e.g., autoimmune demyelinating diseases), demyelinating neuropathies, dengue, dermatitis herpetiformis and atopic dermatitis, dermatitis including contact dermatitis, dermatomyositis, dermatoses with acute inflammatory components, Devic's disease (neuromyelitis optica), diabetic large-artery disorder, diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, Diamond Blackfan anemia, diffuse interstitial pulmonary fibrosis, dilated cardiomyopathy, discoid lupus, diseases involving leukocyte diapedesis, Dressler's syndrome, Dupuyt
  • pneumonocirrhosis POEMS syndrome
  • polyarteritis nodosa Type I, ⁇ , & ⁇
  • polyarthritis chronica primaria polyarthritis chronica primaria
  • polychondritis e.g., refractory or relapsed polychondritis
  • polyendocrine autoimmune disease polyendocrine failure
  • polyglandular syndromes e.g., autoimmune polyglandular syndromes (or polyglandular endocrinopathy syndromes)
  • polymyalgia rheumatica polymyositis
  • polymyositis/dermatomyositis polyneuropathies, polyradiculitis acuta, post-cardiotomy syndrome, posterior uveitis, or autoimmune uveitis, postmyocardial infarction syndrome, postpericardiotomy syndrome, post-streptococcal nephritis, post-vaccination syndromes, presenile dementia, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary hypothyroidism, primary idiopathic myxedema, primary lymphocytosis, which includes monoclonal B cell lymphocytosis (e.g., benign monoclonal gammopathy and monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance, MGUS), primary myxedema, primary progressive MS (PPMS), and relapsing remitting MS (RRMS), primary sclerosing cholangitis , progesterone dermatitis, progressive systemic sclerosis, proliferative arthritis, psorias
  • ANCA-associated vasculitis such as Churg-Strauss vasculitis or syndrome (CSS)), tabes dorsalis, Takayasu's arteritis, telangiectasia, temporal arteritis/Giant cell arteritis, thromboangitis ubiterans,
  • thrombocytopenia as developed by myocardial infarction patients, for example, including thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP.
  • TTP thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
  • thrombocytopenia such as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura ( ⁇ ) including chronic or acute ITP, thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), thyrotoxicosis, tissue injury, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, toxic-shock syndrome, transfusion reaction, transient hypogammaglobulinemia of infancy, transverse myelitis, traverse myelitis, tropical pulmonary eosinophilia, tuberculosis, ulcerative colitis, undifferentiated connective tissue disease (UCTD), urticaria (e.g., chronic allergic urticaria and chronic idiopathic urticaria, including chronic autoimmune urticaria), uveitis (e.g.
  • idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura ⁇
  • TTP thrombocytopenic purpura
  • TTP thrombocytopenic purpura
  • thyrotoxicosis tissue injury
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise administration of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • said compound is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • the compound is an anti-KIR2DL l , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the individual has having an inflammatory disorder mediated by T cells.
  • the inflammatory disorder is rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis) spondyloarthropathies (e.g., ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (e.g., gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), multiple sclerosis, Lyme disease, polymyalgia rheumatica; connective tissue diseases (e.g.
  • vasculitides e.g., polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg- Strauss syndrome
  • inflammatory conditions including consequences of trauma or ischaemia, sarcoidosis
  • vascular diseases including atherosclerotic vascular disease, atherosclerosis, and vascular occlusive disease (e.g., atherosclerosis, ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), vascular stent restenosis
  • ocular diseases including uveitis, corneal disease, ulceris, iridocyclitis, cataracts, acid Reflux/Heartburn, Acne, Acne Vulgaris, Allergies and Sensitivities, Alzheimer' s Disease, Asthma, Atherosclerosis and Vascular O
  • Atherosclerosis Atherosclerosis, Ischaemic Heart Disease, Myocardial Infarction, Stroke, Peripheral Vascular Disease) and Vascular Stent Restenosis, Autoimmune Diseases, Bronchitis, Cancer, Carditis, Cataracts, Celiac Disease, Chronic Pain, Chronic Prostatitis, Cirrhosis, Colitis, Connective Tissue Diseases (e.g., Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Systemic Sclerosis, Polymyositis, Dermatomyositis, Sjogren's Syndrome), Corneal Disease, Crohn's Disease, Crystal Arthropathies (e.g. , Gout,
  • Inflammatory Conditions including Consequences of Trauma or Ischaemia, Insulin Resistance, Interstitial Cystitis, Iridocyclitis, Iritis, Joint Pain/ Arthritis/Rheumatoid Arthritis, Lyme Disease, Metabolic Syndrome (Syndrome X), Multiple Sclerosis, Myositis, Nephritis, Obesity, Ocular Diseases including Uveitis, Osteopenia, Osteoporosis, Parkinson's Disease, Pelvic Inflammatory Disease, Periodontal Disease, Polyarteritis, Polychondritis, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Psoriasis, Reperfusion Injury, Rheumatic Arthritis, Rheumatic Diseases (e.g., Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis, Psoriatic Arthritis), Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Scleroderma, Sinusitis, Sjo
  • the compound may be an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the antibody may be chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, bifunctional, or co-specific.
  • the antibody may comprise an amino acid sequence of the VL of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, or 5.
  • residues 3, 4, 9, 24, 32, 41, 47, 50, 55, 71 , and 74 of SEQ ID NO: 3 may be Q, L, S, R, A, G, L, D, E, F, and A, respectively.
  • the antibody may comprise an amino acid sequence of the VH of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
  • residues 3, 4, 9, 24, 32, 41 , 47, 50, 55, 71 , and 74 of SEQ ID NO: 3 may be R, M, F, W, Y, A, F, Y, Q, Y, and T, respectively.
  • the anti- T 2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody may comprise the light chain CDR1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of SEQ ID NO: 1; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the heavy chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO: 2; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-65 of SEQ ED NO: 2; or the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ED NO: 2.
  • the anti- IR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody may comprise the light chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of SEQ D NO:3; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO:3; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of SEQ ID NO:3; the heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31-35 of SEQ ID NO:4; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-66 of SEQ ID NO:4; or the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99-1 13 of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may comprise a VL and a VH sequence comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO:2, respectively, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4, respectively, or SEQ ID NO: 5 and 6, respectively.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may comprise CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 24-34 of SEQ ID NO: l; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: l ; the heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 31-35 of SEQ ID NO:2; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about to residues 50-65 of SEQ ID NO:2; or the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may comprise CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 24-34 of SEQ ID NO:3; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO:3; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 89-97 of SEQ ID NO:3; a heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 31-35 of SEQ ID NO:4; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-66 of SEQ ID NO:4; or a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 99-1 13 of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may comprise a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 24— 34 of SEQ ID NO: l; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO: 1 ; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 1; a heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 31-35 of SEQ ID NO:2; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-65 of SEQ ID NO:2; or a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the anti- IR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may comprise CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 24-34 of SEQ ID NO:3; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-56 of SEQ ID NO:3; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 89-97 of SEQ ID NO:3; a heavy chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 31-35 of SEQ ID NO:4; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-66 of SEQ ID NO:4; or a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 99-1 13 of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the anti- IR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may bind an epitope within the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may bind KIR2DL 1 within a region defined by at least one of the amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 181 , and 192.
  • the anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may bind KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 within a region defined by at least one of the amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1 , 127, 129, 130, 131 , 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 181, and 192.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody or antibody fragment thereof used in the inventive treatment methods may be directly or indirectly conjugated to a label, cytotoxic agent, therapeutic agent, or an immunosuppressive agent.
  • the label may be a chemiluminescent label, paramagnetic label, an MRI contrast agent, fluorescent label, bioluminescent label, or radioactive label.
  • the paramagnetic label may be aluminum, manganese, platinum, oxygen, lanthanum, lutetium, scandium, yttrium, or gallium.
  • the cytotoxic agent may be a moiety that inhibits DNA, RNA, or protein synthesis, a radionuclide, or ribosomal inhibiting protein.
  • the cytotoxic agent may be 2l2 Bi, I3 I I, 188 Re, 90 Y, vindesine, methotrexate, adriamycin, cisplatin, pokeweed antiviral protein, Pseudomonas exotoxin A, ricin, diphtheria toxin, ricin A chain, or cytotoxic phospholipase enzyme.
  • the anti- IR2DL 1 , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods blocks or neutralizing NK inhibition.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2, or 3 antibody may bind to at least one of KIR2DL1 , 2 or 3 and neutralizing KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3- mediated inhibition of NK cell cytotoxicity.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2, or 3 antibody may neutralize may comprise at least about 20% increase in NK cell-mediated specific lysis of NK target cells.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may compete for binding with the same antigenic determinant region of monoclonal antibody 1 -7F9, DF200, and/or NKVSF1.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may bind to at least two inhibitory KIR receptors at the surface of NK cells.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may bind a common antigenic determinant region of human IR2DL receptors.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may bind to KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 receptors. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods has an affinity for KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 of at least about 10 4 to about 10 I0 M-' . In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may have an affinity for KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 of at least about 10 7 to about 10 9 M " '.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, 2, or 3 antibody used in the inventive treatment methods may exhibit KTJR binding with a disassociation constant of less than about 100 nM.
  • the anti- IR2DL 1 , 2, or 3 antibody may cross-react with IRs 2DL1 plus 2DL2/3, 3DL1 plus 3DL2, 2DL1 (and 2DL2/3) plus 2DS4, and 2DL1 (and 2DL2/3) but not 2D24.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, or 3 antibody may be DF200, 1-7F9, or N VSF1 antibody.
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide used in the inventive treatment methods may be administered as a monotherapy.
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide used in the inventive treatment methods may be administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an agent that decreases inflammation.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be a small molecule chemical agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be a DMARD, optionally an anti-TNFa antibody, a small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or methotrexate (MTX).
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an agent other than an antibody having an IgG l or IgG3 isotype.
  • the compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 used in the inventive treatment methods may be an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody having the ability to block or neutralize IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3-mediated NK inhibition and thereby potentiate NK cell activity against otherwise blocked target cells.
  • the antibody may be an anti-KIR antibody that may bind KTR2DL1 and KTR2DL2/3.
  • the anti-KIR antibody may compete with 1-7F9 for binding to KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3.
  • the antibody may be 1 -7F9. In one embodiment, the antibody may comprise the VL and VH domains of 1-7F9. In one embodiment, the antibody may comprise the VL and VH CDRs of 1-7F9. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DL l , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition may comprise an effective amount of the anti-KJR2DL l , 2 and/or 3 antibody. In one embodiment, the composition may be free of any other pharmaceutically active agents.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 week. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2, and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KJR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 2 weeks. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2, and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KIR2DL1, 2, and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 month.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, 2, and/or 3 antibody may be administered several times at a dosing frequency of once about every 2 weeks. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl , 2, and/or 3 antibody may be administered several times at a dosing frequency of once about every 1 month. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered several times at a dosing frequency of once about every 2 months or once every period of more than 2 months.
  • the invention provides for a composition for treatment of an autoimmune or inflammatory disorder that may comprise an anti-KIR2DLl antibody and optionally another active agent.
  • a composition may comprise an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the invention may comprise an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody and optionally another active agent .
  • a composition may comprise an anti- KIR2DL1 , 2, and/or 3 antibody and optionally another active agent.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise an effective amount of an anti-KIR2DLl antibody. In one embodiment, a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder according to the invention may comprise an effective amount of an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody. In one embodiment, a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder according to the invention may comprise adminstering an effective amount ofan anti-KIR2DL3 antibody. In a further embodiment, a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise adminstiering an effective amount ofan anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder according to the invention maycomprise an anti-KIR2DLl antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder according to the invention may comprise an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder according to the invention may comprise an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder according to the invention may comprise an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the invention provides for a method of making antibodies comprising (a) immunizing an animal with a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide; (b) removing said animal's spleen and prepare a single cell suspension; (c) fusing a spleen cell with a myeloma cell; (d) culturing post- fusion cells in hybridoma selection medium; (e) culturing the resultant hybridomas; (f) screening for specific antibody production; and (g) selecting hybridomas which produce the desired antibody.
  • the invention provides for a method for producing an antibody for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder comprising (a) immunizing a non-human mammal with an immunogen comprising a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide; (b) selecting antibodies from said immunized mammal, wherein said antibodies bind said KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (c) selecting antibodies of (b) that potentiate NK cells' elimination of T cells.
  • the invention provides for a method for producing an antibody for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder comprising (a) providing a library of antibodies by phage display technology; (b) library, wherein said antibodies bind said IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (c) selecting antibodies of (b) that potentiate NK cells' elimination of T cells.
  • any one of the various above-described methods may further optionally be modified by application of a treatment with one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g. small molecule agents, DMARDS (preferably other than antibodies whose primary mode of action may be to induce ADCC).
  • additional therapeutic agents e.g. small molecule agents, DMARDS (preferably other than antibodies whose primary mode of action may be to induce ADCC).
  • the invention provides a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise administering an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2, and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise administering an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2, and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of T cells involved in a disease condition may comprise contacting said T cells with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, in the presence of cells that express a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the cells that express a KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide are NK cells. In one embodiment, the it is effected ex vivo. In one embodiment, the it is effected in vivo. In one embodiment, the T cells include one or more of pro-inflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cell, infiltrating T cells, and/or a T cells which expresses HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of T cells that are involved in the pathology of an inflammatory disorder may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory disorder, an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of T cells that are involved in the pathology of an autoimmune disorder may comprise administering to an individual having an autoimmune disorder an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • the T cells comprise activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, and/or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • the T cells include one or more of the following: are in circulation, are comprised in a diseased or inflamed tissue, are infiltrating T cells, are T cells that have infiltrated into disease tissues, are comprised in synovial joint tissues or synovial fluid, or are comprised in the central nervous system, colon, or dermal tissue.
  • the individual has a disease mediated at least in part by said T cells.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of activated and/or proliferating T cells that are involved in the pathology of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder in vivo may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of CD4+ T cells that are involved in the pathology of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of proinflammatory T cells may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • the disease is mediated at least in part by said T cells.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of infiltrating T cells may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • the disease is mediated at least in part by said T cells.
  • the infiltrating T cells include one or more of the following: cells that have infiltrated into disease tissues, cells that have infiltrated into synovial joint tissues or synovial fluid, or cells that have infiltrated into the central nervous system, colon, or dermal tissue.
  • a method for eliminating or reducing the number of T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4 may comprise administering to an individual having an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder an amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide effective to reduce the number of said T cells.
  • the T cells at least in part, mediate said disorder.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory disorder mediated at least in part by T cells, and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory disorder mediated at least in part by said T cells, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the T cells include one or more of the following: are proinflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells, are in circulation or in a diseased or inflamed tissue, CD4+ T cells, are infiltrating T cells, and/or express HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disorder may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by T cells; and (b) if the individual has an autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by said T cells, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KTR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the T cells include one or more of the following, are proinflammatory, activated and/or proliferating T cells, are in circulation or are in a diseased or inflamed tissue, are CD4+ T cells, are infiltrating T cells, and/or express HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of inflammatory disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of autoimmune disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the method may comprise evaluating the presence, stage and/or evolution of disease in an individual may comprise analyzing levels of autoantibodies, CRP, any proteolytic enzyme, inflammatory mediator, or marker of ongoing inflammation.
  • the individual is determined to be suitable for treatment with a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established inflammatory disease; and (b) if said individual has an established inflammatory disease, administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual has an established autoimmune disease, administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory disease, administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease, administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual has an inflammatory disease characterized by the presence of T cells; and (b) if said individual has an inflammatory disease characterized by the presence of T said cells, administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method for the treatment of an autoimmune disease in an individual may comprise (a) determining whether said individual has autoimmune disease characterized by the presence of T cells; and (b) if said individual has an autoimmune disease characterized by the presence of T said cells, administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the T cells may be activated and/or proliferating T cells, CD4+ T cells, pro-inflammatory T cells, infiltrating T cells, and or T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment of an individual experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory disease, may comprise administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the individual has an established inflammatory disease.
  • a method for the treatment of an individual experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune disease may comprise administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the individual has an autoimmune inflammatory disease.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, treating the individual with an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether an individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated at least in part by T cells; and (b) if the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated at W
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) evaluating the presence, stage and or evolution of inflammatory or autoimmune disease in an individual; and (b) administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual has an established inflammatory or autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual has an established inflammatory or autoimmune disease, administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • a method of treating an individual may comprise: (a) determining whether said individual is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory or autoimmune disease; and (b) if said individual experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an inflammatory or autoimmune disease, administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide.
  • the compound is an antibody, an antibody fragment, a peptide, a glycoalkoid, an antisense nucleic acid, a ribozyme, a retinoid, an avemir, a small molecule, or any combination thereof.
  • the individual has an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder mediated by T cells.
  • the autoimmune disorder is Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS), acquired spenic atrophy, acute anterior uveitis, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM), acute gouty arthritis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, acute or chronic sinusitis, acute purulent meningitis (or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders), acute serious inflammation, Addison's disease, adrenalitis, adult onset diabetes mellitus (Type ⁇ diabetes), adult-onset idiopathic hypoparathyroidism (AOIH), Agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, vasculitides, including vasculitis (including large vessel vasculitis (including polymyalgia rheumatica and giant cell (Takayasu's) arthritis), allergic conditions, allergic contact dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, allergic grantitis, and
  • antiglomerular basement membrane disease anti-phospholipid antibody syndrome, antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), aphthae, aphthous stomatitis, aplastic anemia, arrhythmia, arteriosclerosis, arteriosclerotic disorders, arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis such as acute arthritis, chronic rheumatoid arthritis), arthritis chronica progrediente, arthritis deformans, ascariasis, aspergilloma (or granulomas containing eosinophils), aspergillosis, aspermiogenese, asthma (e.g., asthma bronchiale, bronchial asthma, and auto-immune asthma), ataxia telangiectasia, ataxic sclerosis, atherosclerosis, autism, autoimmune angioedema, autoimmune aplastic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune disease of the testis and ovary including
  • autoimmune inner ear disease AXED
  • autoimmune myocarditis autoimmune neutropenia
  • autoimmune pancreatitis autoimmune polyendocrinopathies
  • autoimmune polyglandular syndrome type I autoimmune retinopathy
  • autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura ATP
  • autoimmune thyroid disease autoimmune urticaria
  • autoimmune-mediated gastrointestinal diseases Axonal & neuronal neuropathies
  • Balo disease Behcet's disease, benign familial and ischemia- reperfusion injury, benign lymphocytic angiitis, Berger's disease (IgA nephropathy), bird-fancier's lung, blindness, Boeck's disease, bronchiolitis obliterans (non-transplant) vs NSIP, bronchitis, bronchopneumonic aspergillosis, Bruton's syndrome, bullous pemphigoid, Caplan's syndrome, Cardiomyopathy, cardiovascular isch
  • myocarditis myocarditis, CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud's phenomenon), Crohn's disease,
  • cryoglobulinemia Cushing's syndrome, cyclitis (e.g., chronic cyclitis, heterochronic cyclitis, iridocyclitis, or Fuch's cyclitis), cystic fibrosis, cytokine-induced toxicity, deafness, degenerative arthritis, demyelinating diseases (e.g., autoimmune demyelinating diseases), demyelinating neuropathies, dengue, dermatitis herpetiformis and atopic dermatitis, dermatitis including contact dermatitis, dermatomyositis, dermatoses with acute inflammatory components, Devic's disease (neuromyelitis optica), diabetic large-artery disorder, diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, Diamond Blackfan anemia, diffuse interstitial pulmonary Fibrosis, dilated cardiomyopathy, discoid lupus, diseases involving leukocyte diapedesis, Dressler's syndrome, Dupuytren
  • polymyositis/dermatomyositis polyneuropathies, polyradiculitis acuta, post-cardiotomy syndrome, posterior uveitis, or autoimmune uveitis, postmyocardial infarction syndrome, postpericardiotomy syndrome, post-streptococcal nephritis, post-vaccination syndromes, presenile dementia, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary hypothyroidism, primary idiopathic myxedema, primary lymphocytosis, which includes monoclonal B cell lymphocytosis (e.g., benign monoclonal gammopathy and monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance, MGUS), primary myxedema, primary progressive MS (PPMS), and relapsing remitting MS (RRMS), primary sclerosing cholangitis , progesterone dermatitis, progressive systemic sclerosis, proliferative arthritis, psorias
  • thrombocytopenia as developed by myocardial infarction patients, for example, including thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP.
  • TTP thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
  • thrombocytopenia such as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura ( ⁇ ) including chronic or acute ⁇ , thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), thyrotoxicosis, tissue injury, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, toxic-shock syndrome, transfusion reaction, transient hypogammaglobulinemia of infancy, transverse myelitis, traverse myelitis, tropical pulmonary eosinophilia, tuberculosis, ulcerative colitis, undifferentiated connective tissue disease (UCTD), urticaria (e.g., chronic allergic urticaria and chronic idiopathic urticaria, including chronic autoimmune urticaria), uveitis (e.g.
  • idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura ⁇
  • TTP thrombocytopenic purpura
  • TTP thrombocytopenic purpura
  • TTP thrombocytopenic purpura
  • the inflammatory disorder is rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis) spondyloarthropathies (e.g., ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (e.g., gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), multiple sclerosis, Lyme disease, polymyalgia rheumatica; connective tissue diseases (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome); vasculitides (e.g., polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg- Strauss syndrome); inflammatory conditions including consequences of trauma or ischaemia, sarcoidosis; vascular diseases including athe
  • Atherosclerosis ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), vascular stent restenosis; ocular diseases including uveitis, corneal disease, ulceris, iridocyclitis, cataracts, acid Reflux/Heartburn, Acne, Acne Vulgaris, Allergies and Sensitivities, Alzheimer' s Disease, Asthma, Atherosclerosis and Vascular Occlusive Disease (e.g., Atherosclerosis, Ischaemic Heart Disease, Myocardial Infarction, Stroke, Peripheral Vascular Disease) and Vascular Stent Restenosis, Autoimmune Diseases, Bronchitis, Cancer, Carditis, Cataracts, Celiac Disease, Chronic Pain, Chronic Prostatitis, Cirrhosis, Colitis, Connective Tissue Diseases (e.g., Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Systemic Sclerosis, Polymyositis, Dermato, Derma
  • Inflammatory Conditions including Consequences of Trauma or Ischaemia, Insulin Resistance, Interstitial Cystitis, Iridocyclitis, Iritis, Joint Pain/ Arthritis/Rheumatoid Arthritis, Lyme Disease, Metabolic Syndrome (Syndrome X), Multiple Sclerosis, Myositis, Nephritis, Obesity, Ocular Diseases including Uveitis, Osteopenia, Osteoporosis, Parkinson' s Disease, Pelvic Inflammatory Disease, Periodontal Disease, Polyarteritis, Polychondritis, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Psoriasis, Reperfusion Injury, Rheumatic Arthritis, Rheumatic Diseases (e.g., Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis, Psoriatic Arthritis), Rheumatoid Arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Scleroderma, Sinusitis, S
  • the compound may be an anti- IR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the antibody may be chimeric, humanized, anti-idiotypic, single-chain, Afunctional, or co-specific.
  • the light chain of said antibody may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, or 5.
  • the residues 3, 4, 9, 24, 32, 41 , 47, 50, 55, 71, and 74 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 are Q, L, S, R, A, G, L, D, E, F, and A, respectively.
  • the residues 3, 4, 9, 24, 32, 41 , 47, 50, 55, 71, and 74 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 3 are R, M, F, W, Y, A, F, Y, Q, Y, and T, respectively.
  • the heavy chain of said antibody may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, or 6.
  • the antibody may comprise the light chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 1; or the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • the antibody may comprise the light chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 3; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 3; or the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3.
  • the antibody may comprise the heavy chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31-35 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 2, the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-65 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 2, or the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99- 1 12 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 2.
  • the antibody may comprise the heavy chain CDR 1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31 -35 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 4, the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-66 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 4, or the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99-1 13 of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO: 4.
  • the antibody may comprise a variable light chain and a variable heavy chain sequence may comprise SEQ ED NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO:2, respectively.
  • the antibody may comprise a variable light chain and a variable heavy chain sequence may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:3 and SEQ ED NO:4, respectively.
  • the antibody may comprise a variable light chain and a variable heavy chain sequence may comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5 and SEQ ID NO:6, respectively.
  • the antibody binds an epitope within the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, or 24.
  • the antibody may bind KIR2DL1 within a region defined by at least one of the amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1 , 127, 129, 130, 131 , 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 181, and 192. In one embodiment, the antibody may bind KIR2DL1 within a region defined by at least one of the amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1 1 , 127, 129, 130, 131 , 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 181, and 192. In one embodiment, the antibody may bind
  • KIR2DL1 and KTR2DL2/3 within a region defined by at least one of the amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 181 , and 192.
  • the antibody or fragment may be directly or indirectly conjugated to a label, cytotoxic agent, therapeutic agent, or an immunosuppressive agent.
  • the label may be a chemiluminescent label, paramagnetic label, an MRI contrast agent, fluorescent label, bioluminescent label, or radioactive label.
  • the paramagnetic label may be aluminum, manganese, platinum, oxygen, lanthanum, lutetium, scandium, yttrium, or gallium.
  • the cytotoxic agent may be a moiety that inhibits DNA, RNA, or protein synthesis, a radionuclide, or ribosomal inhibiting protein.
  • the cytotoxic agent may be 2l2 Bi, 131 1, l88 Re, 90 Y, vindesine, methotrexate, adriamycin, cisplatin, pokeweed antiviral protein,
  • Pseudomonas exotoxin A Pseudomonas exotoxin A, ricin, diphtheria toxin, ricin A chain, or cytotoxic phospholipase enzyme.
  • the antibody blocks or neutralizing NK inhibition.
  • the antibody bind to at least one of IR2DL1, 2 or 3 and neutralizes KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3-mediated inhibition of NK cell cytotoxicity.
  • the antibody neutralizing may comprise at least about 20% increase in NK cell-mediated specific lysis of NK target cells.
  • the antibody competes for binding with the same antigenic determinant region of monoclonal antibody 1 -7F9, DF200, and/or NKVSF1. In one embodiment, the antibody binds to at least two inhibitory KIR receptors at the surface of NK cells. In one embodiment, the antibody binds a common antigenic determinant region of human KIR2DL receptors. In one embodiment, the antibody binds to KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 receptors.
  • the antibody has an affinity for KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 of at least about 10 4 to about 10 I0 M _I . In one embodiment, the antibody has an affinity for KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 of at least about 10 7 to about 10 9 M "1 . In one embodiment, the antibody exhibits KIR binding with a disassociation constant of less than about 100 nM.
  • the antibody cross-reacts with KIRs 2DL1 plus 2DL2/3, 3DL1 plus
  • the antibody may be DF200, 1 -7F9, or NKVSF1 antibody.
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide may be administered as a monotherapy.
  • the compound that inhibits a KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide may be administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an agent that decreases inflammation.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be a small molecule chemical agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be a DMARD, optionally an anti-TNFoc antibody, a small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or methotrexate (MTX).
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an agent other than an antibody having an IgGl or IgG3 isotype.
  • the compound that inhibits a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 may be an anti- KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody having the ability to block or neutralize KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3- mediated NK inhibition and thereby potentiate NK cell activity against otherwise blocked target cells.
  • the antibody may be an anti-KIR antibody that binds KTR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3.
  • the anti-KIR antibody competes with 1-7F9 for binding to KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3.
  • the antibody may be 1 -7F9.
  • the antibody may comprise the VL and VH domains of 1-7F9.
  • the antibody may comprise the VL and VH CDRs of 1-7F9.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition may comprise an effective amount of the anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the composition may be free of any other pharmaceutically active agents.
  • the anti-KIR2DL l , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 week. In one embodiment, the anti-KTR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 2 weeks. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered in an amount resulting in substantially complete saturation of the KTR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 on NK cells for a period of at least about 1 month. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered several times at a dosing frequency of once about every 2 weeks. In one embodiment, the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be administered several times at a dosing frequency of once about every 2 months or once every period of more than 2 months.
  • the invention also provides for a composition use in for the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise an anti-KIR2DL l antibody.
  • a composition use in for the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise an anti- KIR2DL3 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an autoimmune disorder may comprise an anti- KIR2DL3 antibody.
  • a inflammatory disorder may comprise an anti- IR2DL l antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder may comprise an anti-KIR2DL2 antibody.
  • a composition for use in the treatment of an inflammatory disorder may comprise an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti-KIR2DLl antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an autoimmune disorder.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti-KTR2DL2 antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an autoimmune disorder.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti- IR2DL3 antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an autoimmune disorder.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti-KTR2DLl antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an inflammatory disorder.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti- IR2DL2 antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an inflammatory disorder.
  • the invention provides for a use of an anti-KIR2DL3 antibody in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of an inflammatory disorder.
  • the invention provides for a method for producing an antibody for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, said method may comprise the steps of: (a) immunizing a non-human mammal with an immunogen may comprise a KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide; (b) selecting antibodies from said immunized mammal, wherein said antibodies bind said KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and (c) selecting antibodies of (b) that potentiate NK cells' elimination of T cells.
  • the invention provides for a method for producing an antibody for the treatment of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder may comprise providing a library of antibodies by phage display technology, wherein said antibodies bind said KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide, and selecting antibodies that potentiate the elimination or depletion of T cells by NK cells.
  • Figure 1A depicts a decrease in percentage of CSFE-Iabelled cells (Con A blasts) in PBMC in KIR2DL3tg B6 mice when treated with antibody 1-7F9, compared to both untreated KIR2DL3tg B6 mice and treated and untreated C57B16 mice.
  • Figure IB depicts a decrease in percentage of CSFE-labelled spleen cells in IR2DL3tg B6 mice when treated with antibody 1-7F9, compared to both untreated TJR2DL3tg B6 mice and treated and untreated C57B16 mice.
  • Figure 2 depicts a decrease in survival of KbDb-/- cw3 ConA blasts in PBMC and spleen in KIR2DL3tg B6 mice when treated with antibody 1-7F9, compared to untreated KbDb KO cw3 tg mice.
  • Antigen presenting cell refers broadly to professional antigen presenting cells (e.g., B lymphocytes, monocytes, dendritic cells, and Langerhans cells) as well as other antigen presenting cells (e.g., keratinocytes, endothelial cells, astrocytes, fibroblasts, and oligodendrocytes).
  • professional antigen presenting cells e.g., B lymphocytes, monocytes, dendritic cells, and Langerhans cells
  • other antigen presenting cells e.g., keratinocytes, endothelial cells, astrocytes, fibroblasts, and oligodendrocytes.
  • Amino acid refers broadly to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids.
  • Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified (e.g., hydroxyproline, ⁇ -carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine.)
  • Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid (i.e., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group), and an R group (e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium.)
  • Such analogs have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid.
  • Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid.
  • "Anergy” or “tolerance,” as used herein, refers broadly to refractivity to activating receptor- mediated stimulation. Such refractivity is generally antigen-specific and persists after exposure to the tolerizing antigen has ceased.
  • Antibody refers broadly to an "antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (also used interchangeably with “antibody portion,” “antigen-binding fragment,” “antibody fragment”), as well as whole antibody molecules.
  • antigen-binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody include (a) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH I domains; (b) a F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (c) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CHI domains; (d) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; (e) a dAb fragment (Ward, et al.
  • VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); See e.g., Bird, et al. ( 1988) Science 242: 423-426; Huston, et al. ( 1988) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • scFv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen- binding portion" of an antibody.
  • Any VH and VL sequences of specific scFv can be linked to human immunoglobulin constant region cDNA or genomic sequences, in order to generate expression vectors encoding complete IgG molecules or other isotypes.
  • VH and VL can also be used in the generation of Fab, Fv, or other fragments of immunoglobulins using either protein chemistry or recombinant DNA technology.
  • Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites. See e.g., Holliger, et al. (1993) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448; Poljak, et al. (1994) Structure 2: 1 121-1 123.
  • an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecules, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides.
  • immunoadhesion molecules include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov, et al. (1995) Hum. Antibodies
  • Antibody portions, such as Fab and F(ab')2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies.
  • antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion molecules can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
  • Antibodies may be polyclonal, monoclonal, xenogeneic, allogeneic, syngeneic, or modified forms thereof, e.g., humanized, chimeric.
  • antibodies of the invention bind specifically or substantially specifically to KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptides.
  • composition refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain multiple species of antigen binding sites capable of interacting with a particular antigen.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular antigen with which it immunoreacts.
  • Antigen refers broadly to a molecule or a portion of a molecule capable of being bound by an antibody which is additionally capable of inducing an animal to produce an antibody capable of binding to an epitope of that antigen.
  • An antigen may have one epitope, or have more than one epitope.
  • the specific reaction referred to herein indicates that the antigen will react, in a highly selective manner, with its corresponding antibody and not with the multitude of other antibodies which may be evoked by other antigens.
  • antigens include, but are not limited to, infectious disease antigens for which a protective immune response may be elicited are exemplary.
  • Antisense nucleic acid molecule refers broadly to a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein ⁇ e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule) complementary to an mRNA sequence or complementary to the coding strand of a gene. Accordingly, an antisense nucleic acid molecule can hydrogen bond to a sense nucleic acid molecule.
  • Apoptosis refers broadly to programmed cell death which can be characterized using techniques which are known in the art. Apoptotic cell death can be characterized by cell shrinkage, membrane blebbing, and chromatin condensation culminating in cell fragmentation. Cells undergoing apoptosis also display a characteristic pattern of internucleosomal DNA cleavage.
  • Autoimmunity or "autoimmune disease or condition,” as used herein, refers broadly to a disease or disorder arising from and directed against an individual's own tissues or a co-segregate or manifestation thereof or resulting condition therefrom.
  • Chimeric antibody refers broadly to an antibody molecule in which the constant region, or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged so that the antigen binding site (variable region) is linked to a constant region of a different or altered class, effector function and/or species, or an entirely different molecule which confers new properties to the chimeric antibody, e.g., an enzyme, toxin, hormone, growth factor, drug, the variable region or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged with a variable region having a different or altered antigen specificity.
  • Codon region refers broadly to regions of a nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues, whereas the term “noncoding region” refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence that are not translated into amino acids (e.g., 5' and 3' untranslated regions).
  • Constantly modified variants applies to both amino acid and nucleic acid sequences, and with respect to particular nucleic acid sequences, refers broadly to conservatively modified variants refers to those nucleic acids which encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences, or where the nucleic acid does not encode an amino acid sequence, to essentially identical sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical nucleic acids encode any given protein. Such nucleic acid variations are "silent variations,” which are one species of conservatively modified variations. Every nucleic acid sequence herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid.
  • each codon in a nucleic acid may be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule.
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • hypervariable region refers broadly to one or more of the hyper-variable or complementarily determining regions (CDRs) found in the variable regions of light or heavy chains of an antibody.
  • CDRs hyper-variable or complementarily determining regions
  • the CDRs in each chain are held in close proximity by framework regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site.
  • the CDRs there are select amino acids that have been described as the selectivity determining regions (SDRs) which represent the critical contact residues used by the CDR in the antibody-antigen interaction.
  • Control amount refers broadly to a marker can be any amount or a range of amounts to be compared against a test amount of a marker.
  • a control amount of a marker may be the amount of a marker in a patient with a particular disease or condition or a person without such a disease or condition.
  • a control amount can be either in absolute amount (e.g., microgram/ml) or a relative amount (e.g., relative intensity of signals).
  • Diagnostic refers broadly to identifying the presence or nature of a pathologic condition. Diagnostic methods differ in their sensitivity and specificity.
  • the "sensitivity” of a diagnostic assay is the percentage of diseased individuals who test positive (percent of "true positives”). Diseased individuals not detected by the assay are “false negatives.” Subjects who are not diseased and who test negative in the assay are termed “true negatives.”
  • the "specificity” of a diagnostic assay is 1 minus the false positive rate, where the "false positive” rate is defined as the proportion of those without the disease who test positive. While a particular diagnostic method may not provide a definitive diagnosis of a condition, it suffices if the method provides a positive indication that aids in diagnosis.
  • Diagnosing refers broadly to classifying a disease or a symptom, determining a severity of the disease, monitoring disease progression, forecasting an outcome of a disease and/or prospects of recovery.
  • the term “detecting” may also optionally encompass any of the foregoing.
  • Diagnosis of a disease according to the present invention may, in some embodiments, be affected by determining a level of a polynucleotide or a polypeptide of the present invention in a biological sample obtained from the subject, wherein the level determined can be correlated with predisposition to, or presence or absence of the disease.
  • a "biological sample obtained from the subject” may also optionally comprise a sample that has not been physically removed from the subject.
  • Effective amount refers broadly to the amount of a compound, antibody, antigen, or cells that, when administered to a patient for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • the effective amount may be an amount effective for prophylaxis, and/or an amount effective for prevention.
  • the effective amount may be an amount effective to reduce, an amount effective to prevent the incidence of signs/symptoms, to reduce the severity of the incidence of signs/symptoms, to eliminate the incidence of signs/symptoms, to slow the development of the incidence of signs/symptoms, to prevent the development of the incidence of signs/symptoms, and/or effect prophylaxis of the incidence of signs/symptoms.
  • the "effective amount” may vary depending on the disease and its severity and the age, weight, medical history, susceptibility, and pre-existing conditions, of the patient to be treated.
  • the term "effective amount” is synonymous with
  • Extracellular domain refers broadly to the portion of a protein that extend from the surface of a cell.
  • Expression vector refers broadly to any recombinant expression system for the purpose of expressing a nucleic acid sequence of the invention in vitro or in vivo,
  • the term includes linear or circular expression systems.
  • the term includes expression systems that remain episomal or integrate into the host cell genome.
  • the expression systems can have the ability to self-replicate or not, i.e., drive only transient expression in a cell.
  • the term includes recombinant expression cassettes which contain only the minimum elements needed for transcription of the recombinant nucleic acid.
  • Fc receptor refers broadly to cell surface receptors for the Fc portion of immunoglobulin molecules (Ig's). Fc receptors are found on many cells which participate in immune responses. Among the human FcRs that have been identified so far are those which recognize IgG (designated Fc ⁇ R), IgE (Fc ⁇ R 1 ), IgA (Fc a R), and polymerized IgM/A a R). FcRs are found in the following cell types: Fee R I (mast cells), Fee RH (many leukocytes), Fc a R (neutrophils), and ⁇ a R (glandular epithelium, hepatocytes).
  • Human leukocytes have at least three different receptors for IgG: hFcy RI (found on monocytes/macrophages), hFc gamma RII (on monocytes, neutrophils, eosinophils, platelets, possibly B cells, and the K562 cell line), and
  • Fcgammain (on NK cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, and macrophages).
  • a costimulatory signal With respect to T cells, transmission of a costimulatory signal to a T cell involves a signaling pathway that is not inhibited by cyclosporin A.
  • a costimulatory signal can induce cytokine secretion (e.g., IL-2 and/or IL- 10) in a T cell and/or can prevent the induction of unresponsiveness to antigen, the induction of anergy, or the induction of cell death in the T cell.
  • cytokine secretion e.g., IL-2 and/or IL- 10
  • Framework region refers broadly to one or more of the framework regions within the variable regions of the light and heavy chains of an antibody. See Kabat, et al. ( 1987) "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest” National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. These expressions include those amino acid sequence regions interposed between the CDRs within the variable regions of the light and heavy chains of an antibody.
  • Heterologous refers broadly to portions of a nucleic acid indicates that the nucleic acid comprises two or more subsequences that are not found in the same relationship to each other in nature.
  • the nucleic acid is typically recombinantly produced, having two or more sequences from unrelated genes arranged to make a new functional nucleic acid (e.g., a promoter from one source and a coding region from another source.)
  • a heterologous protein indicates that the protein comprises two or more subsequences that are not found in the same relationship to each other in nature (e.g., a fusion protein).
  • High affinity refers broadly to an antibody having a KD of at least 10 "8 M, more preferably at least 10 "9 M and even more preferably at least 10 ⁇ 10 M for a target antigen.
  • high affinity binding can vary for other antibody isotypes.
  • “high affinity” binding for an IgM isotype refers to an antibody having a KD of at least 10 "7 M, more preferably at least lO ⁇ M.
  • Homology refers broadly to a degree of similarity between a nucleic acid sequence and a reference nucleic acid sequence or between a polypeptide sequence and a reference polypeptide sequence. Homology may be partial or complete. Complete homology indicates that the nucleic acid or amino acid sequences are identical. A partially homologous nucleic acid or amino acid sequence is one that is not identical to the reference nucleic acid or amino acid sequence. The degree of homology can be determined by sequence comparison. The term “sequence identity" may be used interchangeably with “homology.”
  • Host cell refers broadly to refer to a cell into which a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, such as a recombinant expression vector of the invention, has been introduced.
  • Host cells may be prokaryotic cells such as E. coli, or eukaryotic cells such as yeast, insect (e.g., SF9), amphibian, or mammalian cells such as CHO, HeLa, HEK-293, e.g., cultured cells, explants, and cells in vivo.
  • the terms "host cell” and "recombinant host cell” are used
  • Humanized antibody refers broadly to include antibodies made by a non- human cell having variable and constant regions which have been altered to more closely resemble antibodies that would be made by a human cell. For example, by altering the non-human antibody amino acid sequence to incorporate amino acids found in human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the humanized antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences ⁇ e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs.
  • the term "humanized antibody”, as used herein, also includes antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • Hybridization refers broadly to the physical interaction of complementary (including partially complementary) polynucleotide strands by the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary nucleotides when the strands are arranged antiparallel to each other.
  • Immune cell refers broadly to cells that are of hematopoietic origin and that play a role in the immune response. Immune cells include lymphocytes, such as B cells and T cells; natural killer cells; and myeloid cells, such as monocytes, macrophages, eosinophils, mast cells, basophils, and granulocytes.
  • Immunoassay refers broadly to an assay that uses an antibody to specifically bind an antigen.
  • the immunoassay may be characterized by the use of specific binding properties of a particular antibody to isolate, target, and/or quantify the antigen.
  • Immuno response refers broadly to T cell-mediated and/or B cell- mediated immune responses that are influenced by modulation of T cell costimulation.
  • Exemplary immune responses include B cell responses ⁇ e.g., antibody production) T cell responses ⁇ e.g., cytokine production, and cellular cytotoxicity) and activation of cytokine responsive cells, e.g., macrophages.
  • B cell responses ⁇ e.g., antibody production
  • T cell responses ⁇ e.g., cytokine production, and cellular cytotoxicity
  • activation of cytokine responsive cells e.g., macrophages.
  • the term “downmodulation” with reference to the immune response includes a diminution in any one or more immune responses
  • upmodulation with reference to the immune response includes an increase in any one or more immune responses.
  • upmodulation of one type of immune response may lead to a corresponding downmodulation in another type of immune response.
  • upmodulation of the production of certain cytokines ⁇ e.g., IL- 10) can lead to downmodulation of cellular immune responses.
  • Inflammatory conditions or inflammatory disease refers broadly to chronic or acute inflammatory diseases.
  • Isolated refers broadly to material removed from its original environment in which it naturally occurs, and thus is altered by the hand of man from its natural environment. Isolated material may be purified so as to be substantially free of other cellular components or other contaminants, e.g., other cellular nucleic acids or proteins, using standard techniques well known in the art. Isolated material may be, for example, exogenous nucleic acid included in a vector system, exogenous nucleic acid contained within a host cell, or any material which has been removed from its original environment and thus altered by the hand of man ⁇ e.g., "isolated antibody").
  • isolated refers broadly to a protein, DNA, antibody, RNA, or biologically active portion thereof, that is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the biological substance is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • substantially free of cellular material includes preparations of IR2DL'l , 2 and/or 3 proteins in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced.
  • K-assoc or "Ka”, as used herein, refers broadly to the association rate of a particular antibody-antigen interaction
  • Kdiss or “Kd,” as used herein, refers to the dissociation rate of a particular antibody-antigen interaction
  • KD is intended to refer to the dissociation constant, which is obtained from the ratio of 3 ⁇ 4 to Ka (i.e., Kd Ka) and is expressed as a molar concentration (M). KD values for antibodies can be determined using methods well established in the art.
  • Label or a “detectable moiety” as used herein, refers broadly to a composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, chemical, or other physical means.
  • Low stringency refers broadly to conditions for nucleic acid hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in Ausubel, et al. (2002) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (5* Ed.) John Wiley & Sons, NY.
  • Exemplary specific hybridization conditions include but are not limited to: ( 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by two washes in 0.2XSSC, 0.1 % SDS at least at 50°C (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55°C for low stringency conditions); (2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6XSSC at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2XSSC, 0.1 % SDS at 60°C; (3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6XSSC at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2XSSC, 0.1 % SDS at 65°C; and (4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65°C, followed by one or more washes at 0.2XSSC, 1% SDS at 65°C.
  • SSC 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate
  • mammal refers broadly to any and all warm-blooded vertebrate animals of the class Mammalia, including humans, characterized by a covering of hair on the skin and, in the female, milk-producing mammary glands for nourishing the young.
  • mammals include but are not limited to alpacas, armadillos, capybaras, cats, camels, chimpanzees, chinchillas, cattle, dogs, goats, gorillas, hamsters, horses, humans, lemurs, llamas, mice, non-human primates, pigs, rats, sheep, shrews, squirrels, and tapirs.
  • Mammals include but are not limited to bovine, canine, equine, feline, murine, ovine, porcine, primate, and rodent species. Mammal also includes any and all those listed on the Mammal Species of the World maintained by the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution in Washington DC. [0164] "Naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule,” as used herein, refers broadly to refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
  • Nucleic acid refers broadly to a deoxy- ribonucleotide or ribonucleotide oligonucleotide in either single- or double-stranded form.
  • the term encompasses nucleic acids, i.e., oligonucleotides, containing known analogs of natural nucleotides.
  • the term also encompasses nucleic-acid-like structures with synthetic backbones. Unless otherwise indicated, a particular nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof ⁇ e.g., degenerate codon substitutions) and complementary sequences, as well as the sequence explicitly indicated.
  • nucleic acid is used interchangeably with gene, cDNA, mRNA, oligonucleotide, and polynucleotide.
  • “Operatively linked”, as used herein, refers broadly to when two DNA fragments are joined such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.
  • Paratope refers broadly to the part of an antibody which recognizes an antigen (e.g., the antigen-binding site of an antibody.) Paratopes may be a small region (e.g., 15-22 amino acids) of the antibody's Fv region and may contain parts of the antibody's heavy and light chains. See Goldsby, et al. Antigens (Chapter 3) Immunology (5 th Ed.) New York: W.H. Freeman and Company, pages 57-75.
  • Patient refers broadly to any animal who is in need of treatment either to alleviate a disease state or to prevent the occurrence or reoccurrence of a disease state.
  • Patient refers broadly to any animal who has risk factors, a history of disease, susceptibility, symptoms, signs, was previously diagnosed, is at risk for, or is a member of a patient population for a disease.
  • the patient may be a clinical patient such as a human or a veterinary patient such as a companion, domesticated, livestock, exotic, or zoo animal.
  • subject may be used interchangeably with the term "patient.”
  • Polypeptide “peptide” and “protein,” are used interchangeably and refer broadly to a polymer of amino acid residues.
  • the terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an analog or mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
  • the terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymer.
  • Polypeptides can be modified, e.g., by the addition of carbohydrate residues to form glycoproteins.
  • promoter refers broadly to an array of nucleic acid sequences that direct transcription of a nucleic acid.
  • a promoter includes necessary nucleic acid sequences near the start site of transcription, such as, in the case of a polymerase ⁇ type promoter, a TATA element.
  • a promoter also optionally includes distal enhancer or repressor elements, which can be located as much as several thousand base pairs from the start site of transcription.
  • a “constitutive” promoter is a promoter that is active under most environmental and developmental conditions.
  • An “inducible” promoter is a promoter that is active under environmental or developmental regulation.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers broadly to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a patient for prophylaxis of a disease or prevention of the reoccurrence of a disease, is sufficient to effect such prophylaxis for the disease or reoccurrence.
  • the prophylactically effective amount may be an amount effective to prevent the incidence of signs and/or symptoms.
  • the “prophylactically effective amount” may vary depending on the disease and its severity and the age, weight, medical history, predisposition to conditions, preexisting conditions, of the patient to be treated.
  • Prophylaxis refers broadly to a course of therapy where signs and/or symptoms are not present in the patient, are in remission, or were previously present in a patient. Prophylaxis includes preventing disease occurring subsequent to treatment of a disease in a patient. Further, prevention includes treating patients who may potentially develop the disease, especially patients who are susceptible to the disease e.g. , members of a patent population, those with risk factors, or at risk for developing the disease).
  • Recombinant refers broadly with reference to a product, e.g. , to a cell, or nucleic acid, protein, or vector, indicates that the cell, nucleic acid, protein or vector, has been modified by the introduction of a heterologous nucleic acid or protein or the alteration of a native nucleic acid or protein, or that the cell is derived from a cell so modified.
  • recombinant cells express genes that are not found within the native (non-recombinant) form of the cell or express native genes that are otherwise abnormally expressed, under expressed or not expressed at all.
  • binds to an antibody or “specifically (or selectively) immunoreactive with,” or “specifically interacts or binds,” as used herein, refers broadly to a protein or peptide (or other epitope), refers, in some embodiments, to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of the protein in a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologies.
  • the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein at least two times greater than the background (non-specific signal) and do not substantially bind in a significant amount to other proteins present in the sample.
  • a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than about 10 to 100 times background.
  • nucleic acid can form hydrogen bond(s) with another nucleic acid sequence by either traditional Watson- Crick or other non-traditional types.
  • the binding free energy for a nucleic acid molecule with its complementary sequence is sufficient to allow the relevant function of the nucleic acid to proceed, e.g., RNAi activity. Determination of binding free energies for nucleic acid molecules is well known in the art. See, e.g., Turner, et al. ( 1987) CSH Symp. Quant. Biol. LIT. 123-33; Frier, et al. ( 1986) PNAS 83: 9373-77; Turner, et al. (1987) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 109: 3783-85. A percent
  • complementarity indicates the percentage of contiguous residues in a nucleic acid molecule that can form hydrogen bonds ⁇ e.g., Watson-Crick base pairing) with a second nucleic acid sequence e.g., about at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10 out of 10 being about at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, and 100% complementary, inclusive).
  • Perfectly complementary or 100% complementarity refers broadly all of the contiguous residues of a nucleic acid sequence hydrogen bonding with the same number of contiguous residues in a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • Substantial complementarity refers to polynucleotide strands exhibiting about at least 90% complementarity, excluding regions of the polynucleotide strands, such as overhangs, that are selected so as to be noncomplementary. Specific binding requires a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the oligomeric compound to non-target sequences under conditions in which specific binding is desired, i.e., under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or therapeutic treatment, or in the case of in vitro assays, under conditions in which the assays are performed.
  • the non-target sequences typically may differ by at least 5 nucleotides.
  • “Signs” of disease refers broadly to any abnormality indicative of disease, discoverable on examination of the patient; an objective indication of disease, in contrast to a symptom, which is a subjective indication of disease.
  • Solid support refers broadly to any material that provides a solid or semi-solid structure with which another material can be attached including but not limited to smooth supports ⁇ e.g., metal, glass, plastic, silicon, and ceramic surfaces) as well as textured and porous materials.
  • Subjects refers broadly to anyone suitable to be treated according to the present invention include, but are not limited to, avian and mammalian subjects, and are preferably mammalian. Mammals of the present invention include, but are not limited to, canines, felines, bovines, caprines, equines, ovines, porcines, rodents ⁇ e.g., rats and mice), lagomorphs, primates, humans. Any mammalian subject in need of being treated according to the present invention is suitable. Human subjects of both genders and at any stage of development ⁇ i.e., neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult) can be treated according to the present invention.
  • the present invention may also be carried out on animal subjects, particularly mammalian subjects such as mice, rats, dogs, cats, cattle, goats, sheep, and horses for veterinary purposes, and for drug screening and drug development purposes. "Subjects" is used interchangeably with “patients.”
  • Symptoms of disease refers broadly to any morbid phenomenon or departure from the normal in structure, function, or sensation, experienced by the patient and indicative of disease.
  • T cell refers broadly to CD4+ T cells and CD8+ T cells.
  • the term T cell also includes both T helper 1 type T cells and T helper 2 type T cells.
  • “Therapy,” “therapeutic,” “treating,” or “treatment”, as used herein, refers broadly to treating a disease, arresting, or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms, and/or relieving the disease, causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
  • Therapy encompasses prophylaxis, treatment, remedy, reduction, alleviation, and/or providing relief from a disease, signs, and/or symptoms of a disease. Therapy encompasses an alleviation of signs and/or symptoms in patients with ongoing disease signs and/or symptoms (e.g. , inflammation, pain).
  • Therapy also encompasses "prophylaxis".
  • the term “reduced”, for purpose of therapy, refers broadly to the clinical significant reduction in signs and/or symptoms.
  • Therapy includes treating relapses or recurrent signs and/or symptoms (e.g., inflammation, pain). Therapy encompasses but is not limited to precluding the appearance of signs and/or symptoms anytime as well as reducing existing signs and/or symptoms and reducing or eliminating existing signs and/or symptoms.
  • Therapy includes treating chronic disease (“maintenance") and acute disease.
  • treatment includes treating or preventing relapses or the recurrence of signs and/or symptoms (e.g., inflammation, pain).
  • Variable region refers broadly to the domains within each pair of light and heavy chains in an antibody that are involved directly in binding the antibody to the antigen.
  • Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V H ) followed by a number of constant domains.
  • Each light chain has a variable domain (V L ) at one end and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
  • Vector refers broadly to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid molecule to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • Other vectors are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” or simply "expression vectors”.
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • viral vectors e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses
  • the techniques and procedures are generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (2001) Molec. Cloning: Lab. Manual [3 rd Ed] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture, and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques may be performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the nomenclatures utilized in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those well known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques may be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients.
  • KIRs are cell surface glycoproteins, comprising one to three extracellular immunoglobulin- like domains, which are expressed by some T cells as well as most human NK cells.
  • a number of KIRs are well characterized (See, e.g., Carrington and Norman, The KIR Gene Cluster, May 28, 2003, available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) web site).
  • Human KIRs include KIR2DL and KIR3DL (KIRs also may be referred to by various other names such as
  • KIRs can be classified structurally as well as functionally. For example, most KIRs have either two Ig domains (58 kDa KIR2D KIRs), whereas others have three Ig domains (70 kDa KIR3D KIRs) (sometimes respectively referred to as p58 and p70 molecules). KIRs vary also in cytoplasmic tail length. Typically, KIRs with a relatively long cytoplasmic tail (L) deliver an inhibitory signal, whereas KIR with a short cytoplasmic tail (S) can activate NK or T cell responses.
  • L cytoplasmic tail
  • S short cytoplasmic tail
  • Nomenclature for KIRs accordingly can be based upon the number of extracellular domains (KIR2D or KIR3D) and whether the cytoplasmic tail is long (KIR2DL or KIR3DL) or short (KIR2DS or KIR3DS).
  • KIRs KIR2DS2 and KIR2DS4
  • KARs KIR2DS2 and KIR2DS4
  • the intracytoplasmic portion of inhibitory KIRs typically comprises one or more ITIMs that recruit phosphatases.
  • ITIMs ITIMs that recruit phosphatases.
  • Inhibitory KIRs bind to alpha l/alpha2 domains of HLA molecules. Inhibitory KIRs do not appear to typically require adaptor-molecule association for activity.
  • KIR KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 members of the "KIR family” and terms such as “KAR”, “KARs”, and the like refer to NKCAR members of the "KIR family.”
  • KIRs can bind MHC-I molecules (e.g., certain HLA class I allotypes), typically resulting in the transmission of a negative signal that counteracts, and may override stimulatory, activating signal(s) to the NK cell, thereby preventing the NK cell from killing the associated potential target cell (apparently via ⁇ phosphorylation and tyrosine phosphatase (e.g., SH2-domain containing protein tyrosine phosphatases such as SHP-1 and SHP-2) recruitment, leading to PTK (e.g., Syk, TcR and/or ZAP70) dephosphorylation and/or LAT/PLC complex formation inhibition and associated disruption of IT AM cascade(s)).
  • MHC-I molecules e.g., certain HLA class I allotypes
  • viruses often suppress class I MHC expression in cells they infect, such virus-infected cells become susceptible to killing by NK cells. Because cancer cells also often have reduced or no class I MHC expression, these cells, too, can become susceptible to killing by NK cells. Infected cells can also change the proteins bound in the MHC in terms of glycosylation. If this occurs, the MHC-I:protein complex the cell expresses will be altered. If NK-associated KIRs cannot bind to these "foreign" complexes, no inhibitory signal can be generated, and lysis will proceed.
  • KIR2D KIR2DL2
  • p58.1 KIR2DL1
  • KIR2DL1 p58.1
  • KIR2DL1 The specificity of KIR2DL1 appears to be dictated by the presence of a Lys residue at position 80 of group 2 HLA-C alleles.
  • KIR2DL2 and KIR2DL3 recognition appears to be dictated by the presence of an Asn residue at position 80.
  • a substantial majority of HLA-C alleles have either an Asn or a Lys residue at position 80.
  • KIR3DL1 One KIR with three Ig domains, KIR3DL1 (p70), recognizes an epitope shared by HLA-Bw4 alleles.
  • KIR3DL2 a homodimerof molecules with three Ig domains, KIR3DL2 (p l40), recognizes HLA-A3 and -Al 1.
  • MHC-I-specific NK cell receptors typically do not interact with all MHC class I molecules, but specifically bind to certain allotypes (proteins encoded by different variants of a single genetic locus). Also, an individual NK cell may express several different inhibitory and/or activating receptors which function independently of each other. For example, in humans the presence or absence of a given KIR is variable from one NK cell to another within a single individual. There also is relatively high level of polymorphism of KIRs in humans, with certain KIR molecules being present in some, but not all individuals.
  • KIRs and other MHC-recognizing inhibitory receptors may be co-expressed by NK cells, in any given individual's NK repertoire there are typically cells that express a single KIR; accordingly, the corresponding NK cell activity in this latter type of NK cells is inhibited only by cells expressing a specific MHC-I allele group.
  • recent estimates of the extent of KIR genotype diversity within the population suggest that ⁇ 0.24% of unrelated individuals can expect to have identical genotypes.
  • the most common Caucasian haplotype contains only one activating KIR gene (KIR2DS4) and six inhibitory KIR loci (KIR3DL3, -2DL3, -2DL1, -2DL4, -3DL1, and -3DL2).
  • KIR2DS4 activating KIR gene
  • KIR3DL3, -2DL3, -2DL1, -2DL4, -3DL1, and -3DL2 inhibitory KIR loci
  • the remaining "B” haplotypes are very diverse and contain 2-5 activating KIR loci (including KIR2DS 1 , -2DS2, -2DS3, and-2DS5).
  • KIRs are known by several aliases, as reflected here in Table 1 and
  • Exemplary KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, KIR2DL3, and KIR2DS4 molecules comprise the following respective amino acid sequences:
  • Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can be characterized on the basis of their ability to block or neutralize NK inhibition and thereby potentiate NK cell activity against otherwise blocked target cells (e.g., T cells, CD4+ T cells).
  • target cells e.g., T cells, CD4+ T cells.
  • anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies that bind to at least one KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 for a sufficient amount of time to neutralize KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 -mediated inhibition of NK cell cytotoxicity in NK cells can be used in the context of this invention.
  • Such Anti- KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be used directly as therapeutic agents in a native form.
  • a more particular advantageous feature of the invention is anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies that cross-react with two or more KIR2DL 1, 2 and/or 3s and neutralize the inhibitory activity associated with some or all (typically preferably all) of such associated KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3.
  • Neutralizing anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may partially or fully neutralize the KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 -mediated inhibition of NK cell cytotoxicity.
  • Neutralization refers to any substantial blocking of otherwise present inhibitory signals. Neutralization can be measured by any suitable method.
  • neutralization of inhibition is reflected in that the neutralizing anti- KIR antibody cause an least about 20%, preferably at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 75% or more (e.g., about 25-100%) increase in NK cell- mediated specific lysis in a particular mixture of NK and NK target cells compared to the amount of specific lysis that typically occurs in a substantially identical setting without the presence of the anti- KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody (ies).
  • the percentage increase in this aspect can be determined when considering anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 or other antibodies by, e.g., comparison with the results of chromium release toxicity test assays obtained from a mixture of NK target cells (e.g., T cells, any suitable cell line) and NK cells not blocked their associated KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 (100%) and a mixture of NK cells and NK target cells, in which the NK target cells present a ligand for the
  • KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 (0%).
  • comparison can be with the results of chromium release toxicity test assays obtained from a mixture of NK target cells and NK cells not blocked their associated KIR ( 100%) and a mixture of NK cells and NK target cells, in which the NK target cells present the cognate MHC class I molecule for the inhibitory KIR on the NK cells (0%).
  • the invention provides anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies that induce lysis of cell(s) that would not be effectively lysed without the presence of such anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 inhibitory activity can be indicated by, e.g., the results of a chromium assay using an NK cell clone or transfectant expressing one or several inhibitory KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3s (e.g., KIR, NKG2, NKG2A, LIR (e.g. LILRB 1 , LILRB5) and a target cell expressing only one ligand (e.g.
  • HLA polypeptide or allele, HLA-E that is recognized by one of the KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3s on the NK cell, where the level of cytotoxicity obtained with the antibody is at least about 20%, such as at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70% or more (e.g., about 25-100%) of the cytotoxicity observed with a known blocking antibody to the ligand of the KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3.
  • an anti-MHC class I molecule is administered in a substantially identical setting, such as W6/32 anti-MHC class I antibody (which is currently available from, e.g., Research Diagnostics, Flanders, NJ, USA and described in, e.g., Shields et al., Tissue Antigens. 1998 May;51 (5):567-70).
  • W6/32 anti-MHC class I antibody which is currently available from, e.g., Research Diagnostics, Flanders, NJ, USA and described in, e.g., Shields et al., Tissue Antigens. 1998 May;51 (5):567-70.
  • Chromium release assays and other methods of assessing NK cell cytolytic activity are known in the art. Conditions suitable for such assays also are well known.
  • a typical chromium release assay is performed by labeling target cells (e.g., Cw3 and/or Cw4 positive cell lines - at about, e.g., 5000 cells per well in a microtitration plate) with Na 2 5I Cr0 4 (such that 5l Cr is taken up and retained by viable target cells), washing to remove excess radioactivity, thereafter exposed to NK cells for a period of about 4 hours in the presence or absence of anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody(s) at a suitable effector: target ratio (e.g., about 4: 1), and measuring for subsequent 5l Cr levels reflecting target cell death and lysis.
  • target cells e.g., Cw3 and/or Cw4 positive cell lines - at about, e.g., 5000 cells per well in a microtitration plate
  • proliferating target cells can be labeled with 3 H- thymidine, which is incorporated into the replicating DNA.
  • 3 H- thymidine is incorporated into the replicating DNA.
  • NK cells Upon cytolytic action by NK cells, the DNA of the target cells is rapidly fragmented and retained in a filtrate, while large, unfragmented DNA can be collected on a filter, such that one can measure either the release of these fragments or the retention of 3 H-thymidine in cellular DNA.
  • Other examples and relevant discussion related to such assays can be found in, e.g., WO 2006/072625.
  • the invention provides Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 Antibodies
  • an anti-KIR antibody detectably reduces binding of 1 -7F9 to a KIR molecule normally bound by 1- 7F9 in a binding assay
  • the anti-KIR antibody can be said to "compete” with 1-7F9.
  • An anti-KIR Antibody that "competes" with 1-7F9 may compete with 1-7F9 for binding to the KIR2DL 1 human receptor, the KIR2DL2/3 human receptor, or both KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 human receptors.
  • An anti- KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may compete with a reference anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and or 3 antibody, without binding to the same or similar epitope due to the large size of the antibodies.
  • Such a competing anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be useful in blocking interactions associated with the same antigenic determining region as the reference anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody even though it binds a different antigenic determinant.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody that binds to substantially the same antigenic determinant region as an available anti-KIR antibody, such as 1-7F9, DF200 and/or NKVSF1. See, e.g., WO 2006/003179.
  • Competition refers to any significant reduction in the propensity for a particular molecule to bind a particular binding partner in the presence of another molecule that binds the binding partner.
  • competition means an at least about 15% reduction in binding, such as an at least about 20% reduction in binding (e.g., a reduction in binding of about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 15-35%) between, e.g., an anti-KIR antibody and at least one KIR in the presence of the competing molecule, e.g., an anti-KIR antibody.
  • competition can be marked by greater than about 40% relative inhibition of receptor e.g., KIR) binding, at least about 50% inhibition, at least about 55% inhibition, at least about 60% inhibition, at least about 75% inhibition, or higher level of inhibition (such as a level of inhibition of about 45-95%).
  • KIR receptor e.g., KIR
  • Assessing competition typically involves an evaluation of relative inhibitory binding using a first amount of a first molecule (e.g., an anti-KIR antibody); a second amount of a second molecule (e.g., a known anti-KIR antibody); and a third amount of a third molecule (e.g., a KIR), wherein the first, second, and third amounts all are sufficient to make a comparison that imparts information about the selectivity and/or specificity of the molecules at issue with respect to the other present molecules.
  • a first molecule e.g., an anti-KIR antibody
  • a second amount of a second molecule e.g., a known anti-KIR antibody
  • a third amount of a third molecule e.g., a KIR
  • an anti-KIR antibody e.g., about 10-50 g, about 20-50 ⁇ g, about 5-20 ⁇ g, about 10-20 ⁇ g
  • an anti-KIR antibody e.g., about 10-50 g, about 20-50 ⁇ g, about 5-20 ⁇ g, about 10-20 ⁇ g
  • Conditions also should be suitable for binding of the competing molecules to their putative/known target.
  • Physiological or near-physiological conditions e.g., temperatures of about 20-40°C, pH of about 7-8
  • Determination of competition (or relative inhibition of binding) between two or more molecules can be made by use of immunoassays in which the control KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3-binding molecule (antibody 1 -7F9, for example) and test anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody are admixed (or pre-adsorbed) and applied to a sample containing relevant KTRs, such as both KIR2DL1 and
  • KIR2DL2/3 (each of which is known to be bound by DF200). Protocols based upon ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, Western blotting, and the like are suitable for use in such competition studies. Competition ELISAs are typically performed under conditions suitable for binding of the molecules (e.g., physiological conditions, particularly in the case of antibodies that bind
  • An antigenic determinant region or epitope can be identified by a number of known techniques.
  • an antigenic determinant region can be identified quickly by "foot printing" assays, such as through a chemical modification of the exposed amines/carboxyls in target KTR2DL1 , 2, and/or 3 proteins.
  • foot printing is the use of HXMS (hydrogen-deuterium exchange detected by mass spectrometry), wherein a hydrogen deuterium exchange of receptor and ligand protein amide protons, binding, and back exchange occurs, wherein the backbone amide groups participating in protein binding are protected from back exchange and therefore will remain deuterated.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • Another example of a suitable epitope identification technique is nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) epitope mapping, where typically the position of the signals in two-dimensional NMR spectres of the free antigen and the antigen complexed with the antigen-binding peptide, such as an antibody, are compared.
  • the antigen typically is selectively isotopically labeled with l5 N so that only signals corresponding to the antigen and no signals from the antigen binding peptide are seen in the NMR-spectrum.
  • Antigen signals originating from amino acids involved in the interaction with the antigen binding peptide typically will shift position in the spectres of the complex compared to the spectres of the free antigen, and the amino acids involved in the binding can be identified that way.
  • Epitope mapping/characterization also can be performed using mass spectrometry methods. See, e.g., Downward, J Mass Spectrom. 2000 Apr;35(4):493-503 and iselar and Downard, Anal Chem. 1999 May 1 ;71 (9): 1792-801.
  • Protease digestion techniques also can be useful in the context of epitope mapping and identification.
  • Antigenic determinant-relevant regions/sequences can be determined by protease digestion, e.g. by using trypsin in a ratio of about 1 :50 to KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 o/n digestion at 37 °C and pH 7-8, followed by mass spectrometry (MS) analysis for peptide identification.
  • MS mass spectrometry
  • the peptides protected from trypsin cleavage by the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3-binder can subsequently be identified by comparison of samples subjected to trypsin digestion and samples incubated with antibody and then subjected to digestion by e.g.
  • trypsin (thereby revealing a foot print for the binder).
  • Other enzymes like chymotrypsin, pepsin, also or alternatively can be used in similar epitope characterization methods.
  • enzymatic digestion can provide a quick method for analyzing whether a potential antigenic determinant sequence is within a region of the KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 in the context of an anti-KJR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 polypeptide that is not surface exposed and, accordingly, most likely not relevant in terms of antigenicity. See, e.g., Manca, Ann 1st Super Sanita.
  • phage display techniques also can be used to identify epitopes. See, e.g., Wang and Yu, Curr Drug Targets. 2004 Jan;5(l): l-15; Burton, Immunotechnology. 1995 Aug; l(2):87-94; Cortese et al., Immunotechnology. 1995 Aug; l(2):87-94; and Irving et ai, Curr Opin Chem Biol. 2001 Jun;5(3):314-24. Consensus epitopes also can be identified through modified phage display- related techniques ⁇ See, Mumey et al., J. Comput. Biol.
  • Epitope mapping by competitive binding to a KIR with two KIR-binding molecules where one is biotinylated (e.g., a known anti-KIR antibody) or otherwise similarly labeled is another method for identifying relevant antigenic determinant regions.
  • mapping epitopes include crystallography techniques, X-ray diffraction techniques (such as the X-ray diffraction/sequence study techniques developed by Poljak and others in the 1970s- 1980s), and the application of Multipin Peptide Synthesis Technology.
  • Computer-based methods such as sequence analysis and three dimensional structure analysis and docking also can be used to identify antigenic determinants.
  • an epitope also can be determined by molecular modeling using a structure of a KTR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 or portion thereof with docking of the structure of the Fab fragment of an individual mAb.
  • models of KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3s can be produced by homology modeling with structure-characterized
  • KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3s using programs such as MOE (Molecular Operating Environment), which is available from Chemical Computing Group (Montreal, Quebec, Canada - www.chemcomp.com). These and other mapping methods are discussed in Epitope Mapping A Practical Approach
  • Advantageous Anti-KIR antibodies may be classified based on functional characteristics, particularly with respect to their ability to cross-react or cross-bind more than one KIR, such as more than one type of inhibitory KTR, and/or the ability to effectively neutralize NK inhibitory signals.
  • Anti-KIR antibodies that effectively bind to more than one type of KTR are a particularly advantageous feature of the invention.
  • the invention provides Anti- KIR Antibodies that bind to at least two inhibitory KTR receptors at the surface of NK cells.
  • the invention provides Anti-KJR antibodies that bind a common antigenic determinant region of human KIR2DL receptors.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR antibody that binds to KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 receptors.
  • KIR2DL2/3 can be used to refer to either or both of the KIR2DL2 and
  • KTR2DL3 receptors These two receptors have a very high homology, are allelic forms of the same W
  • KIR2DL2/3 can be considered in certain respects to be a single inhibitory KIR molecule. While Anti-KIR antibodies that cross-react with KIR2DL2/3 are within the invention, Anti-KIR antibodies that have a KIR-binding profile that only included KIR2DL2 and KIR2DL3 are not considered "cross-reactive.”
  • KIR2DL1 - KIR2DL2/3 cross-reactive Anti-KIR antibodies can promote or enhance NK activity against most of the HLA-C allotype-associated cells, respectively group 2 HLA- C allotypes and group 1 HLA-C allotypes.
  • a composition comprising a single cross-reacting KIR antibody having such cross-reactivity may be used in treatment and/or diagnosis of most human subjects, thereby eliminating the necessity of genetic profiling of the patient and reducing the amount of different antibodies that need to be administered to a patient to ensure an effective result.
  • Cross-reacting Anti-KIR antibodies can have any suitable composition and can be obtained by a number of suitable techniques.
  • a cross-reactive Anti-KIR antibody can comprise a number of KIR ligand and/or anti-Anti-KIR antibody sequences that bind to different KIRs, which may be associated by conjugation, multimerization, or (in the case of peptide ligands) by being comprised in a fusion protein.
  • an anti-KIR antibody is provided that comprises anti-Anti-KIR antibody sequences from a cross-reacting anti-Anti-KIR antibody.
  • Cross-reacting anti-Anti-KIR antibodies from which KIR-binding sequences can be obtained or derived, are known.
  • An example of such an antibody is antibody NKVSF1 (also referred to as pan2D mAb; recognizing a common epitope of CD 158a (KIR2DL1), CD 158b (KIR2DL2) and p50.3 (KIR2DS4)) having the variable region and CDR sequences shown in, e.g. Figure 15, of WO2006/003179 (Innate Pharma; Novo Nordisk; University of Genoa).
  • the monoclonal antibody DF200 which reacts with various members of the KIR family including KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 is another example of such a cross-reacting antibody.
  • a hybridoma that produces DF200 has been deposited at the CNCM culture collection, as Identification no. "DF200", registration no. CNCM I- 3224, registered 10 June 2004, Collection Nationale de Cultures de Microorganismes, Institut Pasteur, 25, Rue du Do Budapest Roux, F-75724 Paris Cedex 15, France.
  • Several additional monoclonal antibodies can be generated and demonstrated to be cross-reactive anti-Anti-KIR antibodies.
  • Yet other examples are antibodies 1 -7F9 and 1 -4F1 , described in WO2006/003179.
  • a cross-reactive Anti-KIR antibody can have any suitable affinity and/or avidity for the two or more KIRs to which it binds.
  • Affinity refers to the strength of binding of an anti-KIR antibody or other antigen-binding protein to an epitope or antigenic determinant.
  • affinity is measured in terms of a dissociation constant K ⁇ , defined as [Ab] x [Ag] / [Ab-Ag] where [Ab-Ag] is the molar concentration of the antibody-antigen complex, [Ab] is the molar concentration of the unbound antibody and [Ag] is the molar concentration of the unbound antigen.
  • K ⁇ dissociation constant
  • Suitable methods for determining binding peptide specificity and affinity by competitive inhibition, equilibrium dialysis, and the like can be found in, e.g., Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988); Colligan et al., eds., Current Protocols in Immunology, Greene Publishing Assoc. and Wiley Interscience, N.Y., ( 1992, 1993), and Muller, Meth. Enzymol. 92:589-601 ( 1983).
  • an anti-KIR antibody provided by the invention has an affinity for at least one KIR in the range of about 10 4 to about 10 10 M '1 (e.g., about 10 7 to about 10 9 M "1 ).
  • the term immunoreact herein typically refers to binding of an anti-KIR antibody to a KIR with a dissociation constant Kj lower than about 10 *4 M.
  • the invention provides Anti- KIR antibody that have an average disassociation constant (K D ) of about 7 x 10 ⁇ 9 M or more with respect to KTR2DL1 and KTR2DL2/3, as determined by, e.g., surface plasmon resonance (SPR) screening (such as by analysis with a BIAcore® SPR analytical device).
  • the invention provides Anti-KIR antibodies that have a KD of about 2 x 10 "9 M ⁇ e.g., about O. l ⁇ lx lO '9 M) or more for KIR2DL2/3 and about 1 1 x 10 "9 M (e.g., about 7-15 x 10 ⁇ 9 M) or more for KIR2DLl .
  • Affinity can be determined by any of the methods described elsewhere herein or their known equivalents in the art.
  • An example of one method that can be used to determine affinity is provided in Scatchard analysis of Munson & Pollard, Anal. Biochem. 107:220 (1980). Binding affinity also may be determined by equilibrium methods (e.g. enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA) or radioimmunoassay (RIA)) or kinetics analysis (e.g. BIAcore® analysis).
  • equilibrium methods e.g. enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA) or radioimmunoassay (RIA)
  • kinetics analysis e.g. BIAcore® analysis.
  • Anti-KIR antibodies also or alternatively can be characterized by exhibiting KIR binding with a disassociation constant of less than about 100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 10 nM, about 5 nM or less, about 1 nM or less, about 0.5 nM or less, about 0.1 nM or less, about 0.01 nM or less, or even about 0.001 nM or less.
  • Avidity refers to the overall strength of the total interactions between a binding protein and antigen (e.g., the total strength of interactions between an anti-KIR antibody and a KIR). Affinity is the strength of the total noncovalent interactions between a single antigen-binding site on an antibody or other binding peptide and a single epitope or antigenic determinant.
  • Avidity typically is governed by three major factors: the intrinsic affinity of the binding protein for the epitope(s) or antigenic determinant(s) to which it binds, the valence of the antibody or binding protein and antigen (e.g., an anti-KIR antibody with a valency of three, four, or more will typically exhibit higher levels of avidity for an antigen than a bivalent antibody and a bivalent antibody can will have a higher avidity for an antigen than a univalent antibody, especially where there are repeated epitopes in the antigen), and/or the geometric arrangement of the interacting components. Avidity typically is measured by the same type of techniques used to assess affinity.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR antibody that cross-reacts with KIRs from two or more species.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR antibody that cross-reacts with KIRs of humans and cynomolgus monkeys.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR antibody that cross-reacts with at least two human KIRs and also binds to NK cells of cynomolgus monkeys.
  • Such an anti-KIR antibody can comprise sequences from or that are derived from antibody NKVSF1 , which exhibits such a cross-reactivity profile.
  • Such Anti-KIR antibodies can be subjected to toxicity testing and other useful studies in cynomolgus monkeys, if needed.
  • Antibodies that are cross-reactive with a variety of KIRs may be used in the combination compositions and methods of the invention.
  • Exemplary cross-reactivity profiles of such antibodies include antibodies that cross-react with KIRs 2DL1 plus 2DL2/3, 3DL1 plus 3DL2, 2DL1 (and 2DL2/3) plus 2DS4, and 2DL 1 (and 2DL2/3) but not 2DS4.
  • inventive methods or compositions may comprise an anti-KIR antibody that binds KIR2DL1 , KTR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 and reduces or blocks inhibition of KXR- mediated NK cell cytotoxicity, as described in, e.g., WO2005003168.
  • anti-KIR antibodies useful in the combination methods and compositions of the invention include anti-KIR antibodies comprising a VL region that corresponds to that of anti-KIR antibody DF200, or consists essentially of such a VL region (by being substantially similar and retaining a similar binding profile and affinity), or a VL sequence/domain that is highly similar ⁇ e.g., at least about 90% identical or 95% identical) to the VL sequence of DF200.
  • the VL sequence of DF200 is shown in WO2006/3179.
  • Such anti-KIR antibodies also may alternatively be defined by comprising the set of light variable CDRs of DF200 (also shown in WO2006/3179).
  • Such an antibody typically also will comprise either the VH domain of DF200 or a highly similar sequence ⁇ e.g., a sequence having high identity to the DF200 VH domain or otherwise consisting essentially of such a sequence) or at least the heavy variable CDRs of DF200 (shown in WO2006/3179).
  • the combination composition or method of the invention includes an anti-KIR antibody comprising VH and VL sequences that correspond to or are highly similar to ⁇ e.g., consists essentially of) the VH and VL sequences of antibody 1-7F9 (shown in WO2006/3179) or at least , comprises the VL and VH CDRs of 1-7F9.
  • inventive methods or compositions are characterized by comprising an anti-KIR antibody that competes with one of these antibodies or one of the other anti-KIR antibodies descried in the references incorporated herein ⁇ e.g., 1-7F9).
  • Antibodies that compete with exemplary anti-KIR antibodies can be identified using known screening assays.
  • a number of such assays are routinely practiced and well known in the art (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,827, which is specifically incorporated herein by reference). Protocols based on, e.g., ELISAs, radio-immunoassays, Western blotting, and the use of BIACORE analysis are suitable for use in such competition studies.
  • the control and varying amounts of test antibody can simply be added separately and admixed during exposure to the KIR antigen sample.
  • test antibody As long as one can distinguish bound from free antibodies (e.g., by using separation or washing techniques to eliminate un-bound antibodies) and control anti-body from the test antibody (e.g., by using species specific or isotype specific secondary antibodies or by specifically labelling the control antibody with a detectable label) one will be able to determine if the test antibody reduce the binding of the control antibody to the different KIR2DL antigens, indicating that the test antibody recognizes substantially the same epitope as the control.
  • the binding of the (labeled) control antibody in the presence of a completely irrelevant antibody (that does not bind KIR) can serve as the control high value.
  • the control low value can be obtained by incubating the labeled control antibody with the same but unlabelled control antibody, where competition would occur and reduce binding of the labeled antibody.
  • a significant reduction in labeled antibody reactivity in the presence of a test antibody is indicative of a test antibody that recognizes substantially the same epitope, i.e., one that competes with the labeled control antibody.
  • Competition can also be assessed by, for example, flow cytometry.
  • cells bearing a given KIR can be incubated first with a control antibody, and then with the test antibody labeled with a fluorochrome or biotin.
  • the antibody is said to compete with control antibody if the binding obtained upon pre-incubation with saturating amount of control antibody is about 80%, preferably about 50%, about 40% or less (e.g., about 30%) of the binding (as measured by mean of fluorescence) obtained by the test antibody without preincubation with control antibody.
  • an antibody is said to compete with the control antibody if the binding obtained with a labeled control antibody (by a fluorochrome or biotin) on cells preincubated with saturating amount of test antibody is about 80%, preferably about 50%, about 40%, or less (e.g., about 30%) of the binding obtained without preincubation with the test antibody.
  • a simple competition assay in which a test antibody is pre-adsorbed and applied at saturating concentration to a surface onto which either KTR2DL1 or KTR2DL2/3, or both, are immobilized also may be advantageously employed.
  • the surface in the simple competition assay is preferably a BIACORE chip (or other media suitable for surface plasmon resonance analysis).
  • the binding of a control antibody to the KIR -coated surface is measured. This binding to the K R- containing surface of the control antibody alone is compared with the binding of the control antibody in the presence of a test antibody.
  • KIR2DL2/3-containing surface by the control antibody in the presence of a test antibody indicates that the test antibody recognizes substantially the same epitope as the control antibody such that the test antibody "competes" with the control antibody.
  • Any test antibody that reduces the binding of control antibody to both of KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 antigens by at least about 20% or more, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 70%, or more, can be considered to be an antibody that competes with the control antibody.
  • such test antibody will reduce the binding of the control antibody to each of at least the KIR2DL1 , 2, and 3 antigens by at least about 50% (e.g., at least about 60%, at least about 70%, or more).
  • control and test antibodies can be reversed; i.e. the control antibody can be first bound to the surface and then the test antibody is brought into contact with the surface thereafter in a competition assay.
  • the antibody having higher affinity for KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 antigens is bound to the KTR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3-containing surface first, as it will be expected that the decrease in binding seen for the second antibody (assuming the antibodies are competing) will be of greater magnitude.
  • assays are provided in the Examples herein, and in e.g., Saunal and Regenmortel, ( 1995) J. Immunol. Methods 183: 33-41 , the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the inventive method or composition is characterized by inclusion of only antibodies that are not cross-reactive with more than one KIR.
  • monoclonal antibodies specific only for KIR2DL1 have been shown to block the interactions between KIR2DL1 and HLA- Cw4 allotypes, as well as similar HLA-C allotypes belonging to the same group as Cw4 (Moretta et al., J Exp Med. 1993; 178(2):597-604; the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • monoclonal antibodies against KIR2DL2/3 have also been described that block the interactions of KIR2DL2/3 with HLACw3 (or the like) allotypes (Moretta et al., 1993, supra).
  • the antibody can be selected from the group consisting of GL183 (KIR2DL2/3/S2- specific, available from Immunotech, France and Beckton Dickinson, USA); EB6 (KIR2DLl/sl - specific, available from Immunotech, France and Beckton Dickinson, USA).
  • the invention provides anti-KIR Antibodies that are directed to particular antigenic regions and/or epitopes presented on various KIRs.
  • the invention provides anti-KIR antibodies that specifically bind KIR2DL1 within a region defined by one or more (or all of) of the amino acid residues selected from 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1 , 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 181 , and 192.
  • the invention provides anti-KIR antibodies that specifically bind to KIR2DL1 and KIR 2DL2/3 in a region defined by one or more (or all of) of amino acid residues 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1 10, 1 1 1 , 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 181 , and 192 thereof.
  • the invention provides anti-KIR antibodies that bind to KIR2DL1 , but that bind to a mutant of KIR2DL 1 in which R131 is Ala with significantly reduced binding affinity relative thereto (about 20% or less, about 30% or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, of the affinity exhibited for KIR2DL1).
  • the invention provides anti-KIR Antibodies that bind to KIR2DL1 but that which bind to a mutant of K1R2DL1 in which R 157 is Ala with relatively reduced binding affinity (about 20% or less, about 30% or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, of the affinity exhibited for KTR2DL1).
  • the invention provides anti-KIR Antibodies that bind to KTR2DL1 and which binds a mutant of KTR2DL1 in which R 158 is Ala with relatively reduced binding affinity (about 20% or less, about 30% or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, of the affinity exhibited for KTR2DL1).
  • the invention provides anti-KIR antibodies that bind to KIR2DL1 residues 131 , 157, and 158.
  • the invention provides anti-KIR antibodies that bind to KIR2DS3(R131 W), but not to wild type K1R2DS3.
  • the invention provides Anti-KIR antibodies that bind to KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3 as well as KIR2DS4.
  • the invention provides anti- KIR Antibodies that bind to both KIR2DL1 and KIR2DL2/3, but not to KTR2DS4.
  • anti-KIR antibody sequences in the composition and construction of anti-KIR antibodies, exemplary anti-KIR antibody sequences and antibody sequence variants will be described here.
  • Amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of variable regions and CDRS of exemplary KIR antibodies DF200 and 1-7F9 are also disclosed in WO 2006/003179.
  • Exemplary anti-KIR mAbs include mAbs 1-7F9 and 1-4F1 which have several advantages over other anti-KIR antibodies.
  • 1-7F9 and 1 -4F1 are fully human, thus reducing or minimizing any immune response against the antibody once administered to a subject.
  • both 1-7F9 and 1 -4F1 are of suitable isotypes for therapeutic anti-KIR antibodies (IgG4 and IgG2, respectively), as described below.
  • 1-7F9 is also more effective at inducing killing by NK cells that express either KIR2DL1 , -2, and/or -3 than murine mAbs EB6, GL183, DF200, and NKVSF1 (Pan2D).
  • 1-7F9 further has a higher affinity for KIR compared to previously known anti-KIR mAbs.
  • 1-7F9 binds to KIR2DL 1 and KIR2DL3 with dissociation constants (K s) of 0.43 nM and 0.025 nM, respectively, representing a higher affinity for both antigens than, for example, DF200.
  • K s dissociation constants
  • Particularly preferred antibodies according to the invention therefore have the same or similar antigen-specificities as 1-7F9 and/or 1-4F1.
  • antibodies comprising the same or similar VH and VL regions as 1-7F9 can have the same or similar antigen-binding and/or NK-stimulatory properties as 1-7F9; and antibodies comprising the same or similar VH and VL regions as 1-4F1 can have the same or similar antigen-binding properties as 1-4F1.
  • An antibody may comprise an amino acid sequence of the VL and/or VH regions of 1-7F9 as follows:
  • amino acid sequences of the 1-4F1 VL and VH regions are provided in SEQ ED NOS: 3 and 4, respectively.
  • residues 3, 4, 9, 24, 32, 41, 47, 50, 55, 71, and 74 of SEQ ID NO: 3 are Q, L, S, R, A, G, L, D, E, F, and A, respectively. Ln another particular
  • residues 3, 4, 9; 24, 32, 41, 47, 50, 55, 71, and 74 of SEQ ED NO: 3 are R, M, F, W, Y, A, F, Y, Q, Y, and T, respectively.
  • the amino acid sequences of the 1-7F9 CDRs are as follows: the light chain CDR1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of SEQ ID NO: 1; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO: 1; the heavy chain CDR1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO: 2; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-65 of SEQ ED NO: 2; and the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ED NO: 2.
  • the amino acid sequences of the 1-4F1 CDRs have been identified as follows: the light chain CDR1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO:3; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO:3; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO:3; the heavy chain CDR1 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO:4; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 50-66 of SEQ ED NO:4; and the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponds to residues 99-1 13 of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • Amino acid sequences for the entire 1-7F9 light and heavy chains are provided in SEQ ED NOS:5 and 6, respectively.
  • additional antibodies of, for example, various human antibody subclasses; antibody fragments, antibody derivatives, and other KIR-binding peptides, can be readily produced by, e.g., recombinant techniques, based upon this information.
  • the invention provides an antibody having a VL and a VH sequence consisting essentially of SEQ ED NO: 1 and SEQ ED NO:2, respectively, and/or an antibody having a VL and a VH sequence consisting essentially of SEQ ED NO:3 and SEQ ED NO:4, respectively.
  • the invention provides an antibody comprising CDR regions consisting essentially of the 1 -7F9 or 1-4F1 VH CDR l-3 and VL CDR 1-3 described above ,or an antibody having light and heavy chains consisting essentially of the 1-7F9 light and heavy chains of SEQ ID NOS 5 and 6, respectively.
  • the invention provides an antibody comprising CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; the heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO:2; the heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about to residues 50-65 of SEQ ED NO:2; and the heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ED NO:2.
  • the invention provides an antibody comprising CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO:3; a heavy chain CDR l amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO:4; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 50-66 of SEQ ED NO:4; and a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence corresponding to about residues 99-113 of SEQ ED NO:4.
  • the invention provides an antibody comprising a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO: 1 ; a heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO:2; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-65 of SEQ ED NO:2; and a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 99-1 12 of SEQ ED NO:2.
  • the invention provides an antibody comprising CDR regions as follows: a light chain CDR l amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO:3; a heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 31-35 of SEQ ED NO:4; a heavy chain CDR2 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 50-66 of SEQ ED NO:4; and a heavy chain CDR3 amino acid sequence consisting essentially of residues 99-1 13 of SEQ ED NO:4.
  • the invention also encompasses use of an anti-KJR antibody, antibody fragment, or antibody derivative, or a KER-binding polypeptide, comprising at least one variant amino acid sequence substantially identical to the 1-7F9 or 1-4F1 VH or VL sequence, or to a CDR-region therein.
  • a variant amino acid sequence can comprise or consist essentially of an amino acid sequence that is at least about 50, 80, 90, 95, 98, or 99 (e.g., about 50-99, about 65-99, about 75-99, or about 85-99) percent identical to a 1-7F9 or 1-4F1 CDR, VH, or VL region, or heavy or light chain sequence.
  • An antibody can for example comprise 1-7F9 light and heavy chains each having a sequence that is at least about 50, 80, 90, 95, 98, or 99 (e.g., about 50-99, about 65-99, about 75-99, or about 85-99) percent identical to SEQ ED NOS:5 and 6, respectively.
  • a variant amino acid sequence can for example comprise 1 , 2, or 3 CDRs that comprise or consist of amino acid sequences that are at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% identical to 1-7F9 or 1-4F1 CDRs.
  • a variant amino acid sequence can also or alternatively comprise 1 , 2, or 3 CDRs that comprise or consist of amino acid sequences that are at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% identical to 1-7F9 or 1-4F1 CDRs.
  • the invention provides a human antibody comprising a light chain CDRl amino acid sequence at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% identical to residues 24-34 of SEQ ED NO: 1 or SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR2 amino acid sequence at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% identical to residues 50-56 of SEQ ED NO: l or SEQ ED NO:3; a light chain CDR3 amino acid sequence at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% identical to residues 89-97 of SEQ ED NO: 1 or SEQ ED NO:3; a heavy chain CDRl amino acid sequence at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 9
  • the basic properties of 1-7F9- or 1-4F1- derived KER-binding amino acid sequences that are retained in such variant amino acid sequences desirably include the specificity and/or avidity of the 1-7F9 or 1 -4F1 sequence for one or more KERs, and may also or alternatively include the capability of 1-7F9 in blocking KER/HLA-C interaction and potentiating the lytic activity of NK cells.
  • the invention provides use of an anti-KJR antibody, antibody fragment, or antibody derivative, or a KER-binding polypeptide, that comprises a KER-binding amino acid sequence that differs from a 1-7F9 or 1 -4F1 KER-binding sequence in one or more amino acid residues (e.g., at least 2, 3, 5, at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, at least about 30, at least about 35, at least about 40, at least about 50, or more amino acid residues) by way of one or more residue insertions, deletions, and/or substitutions.
  • amino acid residues e.g., at least 2, 3, 5, at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, at least about 30, at least about 35, at least about 40, at least about 50, or more amino acid residues
  • KIR-binding sequence confers greater affinity; greater or different specificity; less immunogenicity (in terms of host response to the sequence); greater in vivo stability; and/or other beneficial properties to the variant sequence over an essentially identical amino acid sequence comprising the native 1-7F9 or 1- 4F1 sequence. Suitable sequence variations are further described elsewhere herein.
  • a KIR-binding portion of an anti-KIR antibody, antibody fragment, or antibody derivative, or a KIR-binding polypeptide can also comprise any suitable number of non-amino acid components or substituents, such as non-amino acid organic moieties, that facilitate KIR binding and/or provide other advantageous physiochemical or immunological properties.
  • antigen-binding antibody sequences can be incorporated into antibodies of the invention. Variations in most types of antibody sequence may be suitable.
  • an anti-KIR antibody can comprise variant constant sequences and/or variant framework sequences.
  • the invention provides an anti-KIR antibody that comprises one or more variant CDR sequences (i.e., a CDR sequence that differs from similar wild-type CDR sequence by one or more amino acid insertions, deletions, additions, and/or substitutions that impact the biological and/or physiochemical properties of the sequence with respect to its wild-type relative sequence).
  • CDR, VH, and VL sequence variants can exhibit any suitable level of identity to one or more "parent" CDR, VH, and VL sequences, respectively, such as the CDR, VH, and VL sequences of anti-KIR mAb DF200 and/or anti-KIR mAb NKVSF1.
  • a variant sequence that binds to an essentially identical antigenic determinant region as a parent will retain at least about 40% amino acid sequence identity to the parent sequence, such as about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, or at least about 95% (e.g., about 45-99%, about 55-99%, or about 65-99%) identity to the parent sequence.
  • variants with even lower levels of identity can be suitable.
  • CDR, VH, and VL sequence variants that bind to different antigenic determinant regions or a different set (or "profile") of antigenic determinant regions also can be generated by any of the techniques described elsewhere herein (rational design, mutagenesis, directed evolution). In such instances, significantly lower levels of amino acid sequence identity to a parent sequence can be expected. For example, in the context of a CDR-L1, CDR-H 1 , CDR-H2, or CDR H3 variant having a different epitope binding profile from a parent sequence, as little as about 20-30% amino acid sequence identity to a parent CDR sequence may be exhibited in variants that contribute to binding of NKCAMRs, such as KIRs.
  • NKCAMRs such as KIRs.
  • WO 2006/072625 further provides variants of anti-KIR antibody sequences, including specific formulae for CDR and variable region sequences, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • variants typically differ from "parent" sequences mostly through conservative
  • substitutions e.g., at least about 35%, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more e.g., about 65-99%
  • conservative substitutions can be defined by substitutions within the classes of amino acids reflected in one or more of tables 4, 5 and 6 of WO 2006/072625 (Novo Nordisk AS and Innate Pharma SA).
  • WO 2006/072625 also describes additional conservative substitutions groupings; making substantial changes in function by selecting
  • substitutions that are less conservative are less conservative; principles useful in the design and selection of peptide variants; conservation in terms of hydropathic hydrophilic properties; maintaining a structure of the variant peptide substantially similar to the structure of the parent peptide, including methods for assessing similarity of peptides in terms of conservative substitutions, hydropathic properties, weight conservation, secondary structure comparisons or similarity score, as determined by use of a BLAST program; other points of variation/divergence between a variant and a parent can be acceptable; advantageous sequence changes in CDRs; sequence variations that result in an altered glycosylation; hypervariable region insertions and to generate a variant antibody and more generally, CDR variants.
  • Identity in the context of amino acid sequences of the invention can be determined by any suitable technique, typically by a Needleman-Wunsch alignment analysis ⁇ See Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. ( 1970) 48:443-453), such as is provided via analysis with ALIGN 2.0 using the BLOSUM50 scoring matrix with an initial gap penalty of -12 and an extension penalty of -2 ⁇ See Myers and Miller, CABIOS ( 1989) 4: 1 1-17 for discussion of the global alignment techniques incorporated in the ALIGN program).
  • a copy of the ALIGN 2.0 program is available, e.g., through the San Diego Supercomputer (SDSC) Biology Workbench.
  • Needleman-Wunsch alignment provides an overall or global identity measurement between two sequences
  • target sequences which may be portions or subsequences of larger peptide sequences may be used in a manner analogous to complete sequences or, alternatively, local alignment values can be used to assess relationships between subsequences, as determined by, e.g., a Smith-Waterman alignment ⁇ J. Mol. Biol. ( 1981 ) 147: 195-197), which can be obtained through available programs (other local alignment methods that may be suitable for analyzing identity include programs that apply heuristic local alignment algorithms such as FastA and BLAST programs). Further related methods for assessing identity are described in, e.g., International Patent Application WO 2003/048185.
  • the Gotoh algorithm which seeks to improve upon the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm, alternatively can be used for global sequence alignments. See, e.g., Gotoh, J. Mol. Biol. 162: 705-708 ( 1982).
  • the compounds including antibodies that inhibit a IR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 polypeptide may be able to enhance elimination of T cells that may be actively contributing to inflammation, which makes these compounds including antibodies suited for use in both chronic settings and acute inflammation, as well as for use in combination with a second therapeutic agent used in inflammatory settings.
  • the second therapeutic agent decreases inflammation, e.g., agents used in chronic and acute settings, such as disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDs), such as anti-TNF and MTX, in the case of rheumatoid arthritis and other conditions where such drugs are used.
  • DMARDs disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs
  • the antibodies of the invention will be particularly useful for use in combination with agents that act on an inflammation mechanism other than direct killing (e.g., via ADCC) of T cells, but have a similar biological objective, such as the reduction of pro-inflammatory cytokine production or action, notably the reduction or inhibition of TNFa.
  • Monoclonal antibodies in particular may be made using the hybridoma method first described by ohler et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975), or by other well-known, subsequently-developed methods (See, e.g., Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pages 59-103
  • Hybridomas and other fusion cells may be formed by chemical fusion, electrical fusion, or any other suitable technique, with any suitable type of myelomas,
  • heteromyelomas phoblastoid cells, plasmacytomas or similar immortalized cell and any suitable type of antibody-expressing cell(s).
  • Transformed immortalized B cells also can be used to efficiently produce antibodies.
  • Transformed B cells can be produced by standard techniques, such as transformation with an Epstein Barr Virus, or a transforming gene. (See, e.g., "Continuously Proliferating Human Cell Lines
  • a step of a method for producing anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can include, for example, a step of producing immortalized B cells producing an antibody which are fused to appropriate partners to produce anti- IR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody (s) or which are sequenced and such sequences used to produce a recombinant anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • Cell lines available as hosts for recombinant protein expression are well known in the art and include many immortalized cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). These include, inter alia, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, NSO, SP2 cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells, monkey kidney ceils (COS), human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., Hep G2), A549 cells, and a number of other cell lines. Other cell lines that may be used are insect cell lines, such as Sf cells.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • antibodies can be produced by cultunng the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown.
  • Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods. Antibodies may also be recovered from host cell lysates when directly expressed without a secretory signal.
  • the purification of antibodies from cell cultures, cell lysates, and transgenic animals or biological materials obtained therefrom can be achieved by application of any number of suitable techniques known in the art including, e.g., immunoaffinity column purification; sulfate precipitation; chromatofocusing;
  • Anti- IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies also can be produced in bacterial cells and eukaryotic unicellular microorganisms, such as yeast. Bacterial cell produced antibodies lack normal glycosylation and accordingly may be deficient in terms of ADCC functions and other aspects of the immune response that may otherwise be associated with essentially identical antibodies produced in mammalian cells and or animals.
  • Suitable methods for purifying, screening and selection of antibodies can be used, including those described in WO 2006/072625. Screening and selection of anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can be accomplished by any suitable technique or combination of techniques. For example, a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies that selectively bind with a particular protein, variant, or fragment. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies selectively immunoreactive with a protein, protein variant, or fragment thereof. See Harlow and Lane, supra. The binding affinity of a monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • Anti- IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies typically are screened for the ability to modulate NK cell activity, such as by inhibiting KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3-mediated signals, promoting activation of NK cells through NK activating receptor-mediated signals.
  • a number of NK cell assays have been developed that can be useful in such contexts including, for example, flow cytometric screening methods. See, e.g., McGinnes, et al. ( 1984) J Immunol Methods 80: 70-85. Methods relevant to culturing NK cells, assessing NK cells, and the like are known in the art. See, e.g., Campbell and Colonna, Natural Killer Cell Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series vol. 121) (2000). W
  • NK cell neutralizing activity can be demonstrated by the capacity of an anti-KIR2DL l , 2 and/or 3 Antibody to reconstitute lysis of target cells by KIR2DL1, 2, and/or 3-positive NK cells.
  • Anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody-associated NK cell modulation (e.g., KIR inhibition) can also be assessed by various cell based cytotoxicity assays. Redirected killing is one experimental system for determining the capacity of a NK-cell receptor to induce cytotoxicity. NK cells coated with antibody specific for a candidate receptor are assessed for their ability to kill target cells that express an Fc receptor to which the antibody binds.
  • the NK cell activity modulation associated with an anti-KIR antibody can be assessed in a cytokine-release assay.
  • Other biological activities associated with various anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies also can be used to evaluate anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and or 3 antibodies.
  • Anti-KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibodies typically are used in and provided in a substantially pure form.
  • a substantially pure molecule is a molecule that is the predominant species in the composition wherein it is found with respect to the class of molecules to which it belongs (e.g., a substantially pure antibody is the predominant protein species in the composition wherein it is found.
  • a substantially pure species makes up at least about 50% of the type of molecule in the composition and typically will make up at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or greater percentage of the species in the composition by weight.
  • a composition comprising a anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody will exhibit at least about 98%, 98%, or 99% homogeneity for the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody in the context of all present peptide species in the composition or at least with respect to substantially active peptide species in the context of proposed use.
  • a peptide stabilizer/buffer such as an albumin may be intentionally included in a final pharmaceutical formulation, without impeding the activity of the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies, and, accordingly, may be excluded from such purity calculations.
  • the presence of impurities that do not interfere with the fundamental activity also may be acceptable in the context of a substantially pure composition. Purity can be measured by methods appropriate for the given compound (e.g., chromatographic methods; agarose and/or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; HPLC analysis; etc.).
  • An isolated molecule refers to a molecule that is not associated with significant levels (e.g., more than about 1 %, more than about 2%, more than about 3%, or more than about 5%) of any extraneous and undesirable biological molecules, such as non-anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody biological molecules contained within a ceil, cell culture, chemical media, or animal in which the anti- KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody was produced.
  • An isolated molecule also refers to any molecule that has passed through such a stage of purity due to human intervention (whether automatic, manual, or both) for a significant amount of time (e.g., at least about 10 minutes, at least about 20 minutes, at least about one hour, or longer).
  • a anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be present in relatively small amounts in terms of numbers of total molecular species in the composition (e.g., in the case of a composition comprising a large amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, stabilizer, and/or preservative).
  • additional peptides such as BSA, can be included in such a composition with a previously purified Anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • compositions can still be described as comprising an isolated anti-KJR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • isolated is not meant to exclude artificial or synthetic mixtures with other compounds or materials, such as may form part of a pharmaceutically acceptable preparation.
  • An Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be combined with one or more carriers (diluents, excipients, and the like) and/or adjuvants appropriate for one or more intended routes of administration to provide compositions that are pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Anti-KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be, for example, admixed with lactose, sucrose, powders (e.g., starch powder), cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, stearic acid, talc, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, acacia, gelatin, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidine, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and optionally further tabletted or encapsulated for conventional administration.
  • lactose sucrose
  • powders e.g., starch powder
  • cellulose esters of alkanoic acids e.g., stearic acid, talc, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, acacia, gelatin, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidine, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and optionally further tabletted or encapsulated for
  • an Anti- IR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibody may be dissolved in saline, water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose colloidal solutions, ethanol, corn oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers.
  • Other carriers, adjuvants, and modes of administration are well known in the pharmaceutical arts.
  • a carrier or diluent may include time delay material, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other functionally similar materials.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers generally include any and all suitable solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible with an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and or 3 antibody.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, as well as combinations of any thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in such a composition.
  • compositions such as wetting agents or minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which desirably can enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the Anti- IR antibody, related composition, or combination.
  • Suitability for carriers and other components of pharmaceutical compositions is determined based on the lack of significant negative impact on the desired biological properties of the antibody.
  • Anti-KJR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody compositions, related compositions, and combinations according to the invention may be in a variety of suitable forms.
  • suitable forms include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, emulsions, microemulsions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes, dendrimers and other nanoparticles (see, e.g., Baek et ai, Methods Enzymol. 2003;362:240-9;
  • compositions in the form of injectable or infusible solutions such as
  • compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies are used for delivery of anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies of the invention.
  • a typical mode for delivery of anti-KJR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody compositions is by parenteral administration (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, and/or intramuscular administration).
  • an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered to a human patient by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • a composition for pharmaceutical use also can include various diluents, fillers, salts, buffers, detergents ⁇ e.g., a nonionic detergent, such as Tween-80), stabilizers (e.g., sugars or protein- free amino acids), preservatives, tissue fixatives, solubilizers, and/or other materials suitable for inclusion in a composition for pharmaceutical use.
  • suitable components also are described in, e.g., Berge et ai, J. Pharm. Sci., 6661 ), 1-19 ( 1977); Wang and Hanson, J. Parenteral. Sci. Tech: 42, S4-S6 ( 1988);U.S. Patent Nos. 6, 165,779 and 6,225,289.
  • Such a pharmaceutical composition also can include preservatives, antioxidants, or other additives known to those of skill in the art. Additional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are known in the art. See e.g. references in WO2006/072625.
  • the invention provides IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides and compositions containing compounds that inhibit such polypeptides for use in treating or preventing autoimmune and inflammatory disorders.
  • Exemplary KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides are set forth in the amino acid sequences of SEQ DD NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24. See Table 1.
  • Nucleic acids encoding IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and JR2DL3 polypeptides may be modified using standard molecular biological techniques that result in variants polypeptides comprising at least one KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 including but not limited to deletions, additions and substitutions in the amino acid sequence, that retain the specific antigenicity of the KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 (e.g., the KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides is bound by an anti-KIR2DLl , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibody).
  • variant polypeptides comprising at least one KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may also retain the antigenicity of the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide (e.g., raise a specific immune response against the KIR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide and variant TR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, respectively, upon immunization in a subject).
  • the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides may be formulated with a pharmaceutical carrier to manufacture an antigen composition useful as a "cancer vaccine" (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition that elicits a specific immune response against the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 (e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ED NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24), that produces anti- KIRD2L 1 , 2, and/or 3 antibodies after immunization in a subject).
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g., a pharmaceutical composition that elicits a specific immune response against the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 (e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ED NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24), that produces anti- KIRD2L 1 , 2,
  • polypeptides described herein may be degradation products, synthetic peptides or recombinant peptides as well as peptidomimetics, synthetic peptides, peptoids, and semi peptoids (e.g., peptide analogs, which may have, for example, modifications rendering the peptides more stable while in a body or more capable of penetrating into cells.)
  • Peptide bonds (-CO-NH-) within the peptide may be substituted, for example, by N- methylated bonds (-N(CH 3 )-CO-), ester bonds (-C(R)H-C-0-0-C(R)-N-), ketomethylen bonds (-CO-
  • Natural aromatic amino acids, Trp, Tyr and Phe may be substituted by synthetic non-natural acid such as phenylglycine, TIC, naphthylelanine (Nol), ring-methylated derivatives of phenylalanine, halogenated derivatives of phenylalanine or o-methyl-tyrosine.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may also include one or more modified amino acids or one or more non-amino acid monomers (e.g. fatty acids, complex carbohydrates), for example,
  • amino acid includes both D- and L-amino acids.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are preferably utilized in therapeutics which requires the peptides to be in soluble form
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may comprise one or more non-natural or natural polar amino acids, including but not limited to serine and threonine which are capable of increasing peptide solubility due to their hydroxyl-containing side chain.
  • polypeptides of the present invention may be in a linear form, although it will be appreciated that in cases may also be utilized.
  • the KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides described herein may be purified from cells that have been altered to express it e.g., recombinant).
  • DNA sequences encoding the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides may be inserted into an expression vector and then transformed (or transfected) in an appropriate host cell and/or expressed in a transgenic animal.
  • the TR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides ⁇ e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24) so expressed may then be isolated by methods known in the art. See, e.g., Maniatis, et al. (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3 rd Ed.] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be biochemically synthesized such as by using standard solid phase techniques. These methods include exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase synthesis methods, fragment condensation, classical solution synthesis. These methods are preferably used when the peptide is relatively short ⁇ i.e., 10 kDa) and/or when it cannot be produced by recombinant techniques ⁇ i.e., not encoded by a nucleic acid sequence) and therefore involves different chemistry.
  • Solid phase peptide synthesis procedures are well known in the art and further described by Stewart (1984) Solid Phase Peptide Syntheses [2 nd Ed.] Pierce Chemical Company and Benoiton (2005) Chemistry of Peptide Synthesis CRC Press.
  • Synthetic peptides may be purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography and the composition of which may be confirmed via amino acid sequencing. See Creighton ( 1992) [2 nd Ed.] Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles W.H. Freeman and Company; Aguilar (2004) [Ed.] HPLC of Peptides and Proteins: Methods and Protocols Humana Press; Simpson (2002) Protein Sequencing Protocols [2 nd Ed.] Humana Press.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be generated using recombinant techniques such as described by Invitrogen (2002) “Guide to Baculovirus Expression Vector Systems (BEVs) and Insect Culture Techniques" Instruction Manual; Hatti- aul and Mattiasson (2003) [Eds] Isolation and Purification of Proteins; Ahmed (2004) Principles and Reactions of Protein Extraction, Purification and Characterization CRC Press. Further recombinant techniques such as described by, for example, Bitter, et al. ( 1987) Methods in Enzymol. 153: 516-544, Studier, et al. (1990) Methods in Enzymol.
  • KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 sequence of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24 further characterization or optimization may be achieved by systematically either adding or removing amino acid residues to generate longer or shorter peptides, and testing those and sequences generated by walking a window of the longer or shorter size up or down the antigen from that point. Coupling this approach to generating new candidate targets with testing for effectiveness of antigenic molecules based on those sequences in an immunogenicity assay, as known in the art or as described herein, may lead to further manipulation of the antigen.
  • such optimized sequences may be adjusted by, e.g., the addition, deletions, or other mutations as known in the art and/or discussed herein to further optimize the IR2DL 1 , JR2DL2, and IR2DL3 ⁇ e.g., increasing serum stability or circulating half-life, increasing thermal stability, enhancing delivery, enhance immunogenicity, increasing solubility, targeting to a particular in vivo location or cell type).
  • the IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides described herein may comprise conservative substitution mutations, ⁇ i.e., the substitution of one or more amino acids by similar amino acids).
  • conservative substitution refers to the substitution of an amino acid with another within the same general class, e.g., one acidic amino acid with another acidic amino acid, one basic amino acid with another basic amino acid, or one neutral amino acid by another neutral amino acid.
  • IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide sequences may have at least about 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 81 , 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91 , 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or 100% sequence homology to any one or more of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24.
  • the invention contemplates polypeptide sequences having at least about 95% sequence homology, even more preferably at least about 98% sequence homology, and still more preferably at least about 99% sequence homology to any one or more of the polypeptide sequences of KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide sequences of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24.
  • Methods for determining homology between amino acid sequences, as well as nucleic acid sequences are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. See, e.g., Nedelkov & Nelson (2006) New and Emerging Proteomic Techniques Humana Press.
  • a IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may have at least about 80%, 81 %, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 , 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence homology with a polypeptide sequence.
  • a IR2DL 1, KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide may have at least about 80%, 81 %, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence homology with the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24.
  • homology is understood as meaning the number of agreeing amino acids (identity) with other proteins, expressed in percent.
  • identity is preferably determined by comparing a given sequence with other proteins with the aid of computer programs. If sequences which are compared with each other are different in length, the identity is to be determined in such a way that the number of amino acids which the short sequence shares with the longer sequence determines the percentage identity.
  • the identity can be determined routinely by means of known computer programs which are publicly available such as, for example, ClustalW. Thompson, et al. ( 1994) Nucleic Acids Research 22: 4673-4680.
  • EBI European Bioinformatics Institute
  • sequence database researches One possibility of finding similar sequences is to carry out sequence database researches.
  • one or more sequences may be entered as what is known as a query.
  • This query sequence is then compared with sequences present in the selected databases using statistical computer programs.
  • database queries blast searches
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides include functional fragments of said polypeptides.
  • a "functional fragment" of said polypeptide includes a fragment of the gene or cDNA encoding said KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3, which fragment is capable of eliciting an immune response (e.g., humoral or cellular immune response.)
  • an immune response e.g., humoral or cellular immune response.
  • fragments of the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 according to the invention which correspond to amino acid residues that contribute to the immunogenicity of the antigen and which fragments may serve to function as antigens to elicit an immune response (e.g., humoral or cellular immune response.)
  • This aspect of the invention also includes differentially spliced isoforms and transcriptional starts of the polypeptides according to the invention.
  • the polypeptides according to the invention also may comprise fragments, derivatives and allelic variants of the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 s.
  • Methods and materials for making fragments of KT 2DL1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides are well known in the art. See, e.g., Maniatis, et al. (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3 rd Ed.] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
  • Variant KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 polypeptides may retain their antigenic specificity to bind their respective antibodies (e.g., a variant KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, or KIR2DL3 polypeptide will be bound by an anti- KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, or IR2DL3 antibody.)
  • Fully antigenic variants may contain only conservative variations or variations in non-critical residues or in non- critical regions.
  • Antigenic variants may also contain substitution of similar amino acids that result in no change or an insignificant change in antigenicity. Alternatively, such substitutions may positively or negatively affect antigenicity to some degree.
  • Non-antigenic variants typically contain one or more non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, or truncation or a substitution, insertion, inversion, or deletion in a critical residue or critical region of an epitope.
  • Variants of the IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides which function as either KTR2DL1 , IR2DL2, or IR2DL3 agonists (mimetics) or as IR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, or IR2DL3 antagonists.
  • Variants of the KJR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of a IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • An agonist of the KIR2DL1, KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • An antagonist of a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide by, for example, competitively modulating a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 -mediated activity of a IR2DL1 , TR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • a subject may be treated with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the polypeptide has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • Variants of a KIR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide which function as either KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 agonists (mimetics) or as KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 antagonists may be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide for KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide agonist or antagonist activity.
  • KIR2DL1 KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides consisting only of naturally-occurring amino acids
  • KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 peptidomimetics are also provided.
  • Peptide analogs are commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry as non-peptide drugs with properties analogous to those of the template peptide. These types of non-peptide compounds are termed "peptide mimetics” or "peptidomimetics” (Fauchere ( 1986) Adv. Drug Res. 15: 29; Advances in Amino Acid Mimetics and Peptidomimetics (Volume 2) Andrew Abell (Ed.) (1999) JAI Press, Inc. and Evans et al.
  • peptidomimetics are structurally similar to a paradigm polypeptide (/ ' e., a polypeptide that has a biological or pharmacological activity), such as human or mouse IR2DL1 , JJR2DL2, and
  • Labeling of peptidomimetics usually involves covalent attachment of one or more labels, directly or through a spacer (e.g., an amide group), to non-interfering position(s) on the peptidomimetic that are predicted by quantitative structure-activity data and/or molecular modeling.
  • a spacer e.g., an amide group
  • non-interfering positions generally are positions that do not form direct contacts with the macromolecules(s) to which the peptidomimetic binds to produce the therapeutic effect.
  • Derivitization (e.g., labeling) of peptidomimetics should not substantially interfere with the desired biological or pharmacological activity of the peptidomimetic.
  • KIR2DL3 amino acid sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type can be used to generate more stable peptides.
  • constrained peptides comprising a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 amino acid sequence or a substantially identical sequence variation can be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch ( 1992) Annu. Rev.
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides identified herein will enable those of skill in the art to produce polypeptides corresponding to KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 peptide sequences and sequence variants thereof.
  • Such polypeptides can be produced in prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells by expression of polynucleotides encoding a KIR2DL1 , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 peptide sequence, frequently as part of a larger polypeptide.
  • such peptides can be synthesized by chemical methods.
  • heterologous polypeptides in recombinant hosts, chemical synthesis of polypeptides, and in vitro translation are well known in the art.
  • Certain amino-terminal and/or carboxy-terminal modifications and/or peptide extensions to the core sequence can provide advantageous physical, chemical, biochemical, and pharmacological properties, such as: enhanced stability, increased potency and/or efficacy, resistance to serum proteases, desirable pharmacokinetic properties, and others.
  • Peptides can be used therapeutically to treat disease, e.g., by altering costimulation in a patient.
  • Amino acids that are essential for function may be identified by methods known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis. Cunningham, et al. (1989) Sci. 244: 1081-85. The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity such as epitope binding or in vitro ADCC activity. Sites that are critical for ligand-receptor binding may also be determined by structural analysis such as crystallography, nuclear magnetic resonance, or
  • substitutions are those that substitute a given amino acid in a KIR2DL 1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide with another amino acid of like characteristics.
  • conservative substitutions are the replacements, one for another, among the aliphatic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu, and He; interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr, exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu, substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gin, exchange of the basic residues Lys and Arg, replacements among the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr.
  • Guidance concerning which amino acid changes are likely to be phenotypically silent is found in, for example, Bowie, et al.
  • Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles of the invention. See, e.g., Creighton ( 1992) Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties [2 nd Ed.] W.H. Freeman.
  • polypeptides often contain amino acids other than the twenty "naturally occurring" amino acids.
  • amino acids including the terminal amino acids, may be modified by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, or by chemical modification techniques well known in the art.
  • Known modifications include, but are not limited to, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidylinositol, cross- linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent crosslinks, formation of cystine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, g-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination.
  • a biologically active portion of a IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide includes a fragment of a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide which participates in an interaction between a IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 molecule and a non-KIR2DLl, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 molecule, e.g., a natural ligand of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3.
  • Biologically active portions of a KJR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently identical to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the KJR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 4 or 5, which include fewer amino acids than the full length KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides, and exhibit at least one activity of a KIR2DL1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the IR2DL1, KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, e.g., modulating (suppressing) CD4 T cell proliferative responses to anti-CD3, suppression of the proliferative response of cognate CD4 T cells in an antigen specific manner, effects on the expression of specific cytokines.
  • a biologically active portion of a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and TR2DL3 polypeptide can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 or more amino acids in length of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, or 24.
  • Biologically active portions of a KIR2DL1 , KTR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3-mediated activity, e.g., immune cell activation.
  • a biologically active portion of a IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may comprise at least a portion of an extracellular domain.
  • a biologically active portion of a IR2DL1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may contain at least a portion of an extracellular domain and one or more of the following domains: a signal peptide domain, a transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic domain.
  • other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the polypeptide are deleted can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native KIR2DL 1 , JR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • the IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 polypeptide may have the amino acid sequence shown in the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24.
  • the IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may be substantially identical to the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, and retains the functional activity of the polypeptide of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described herein. Fusion Proteins
  • Fusions comprising the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • the fusion protein may be linked to a GST fusion protein in which the KIR2DL 1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide sequences are fused to the C- terminus of the GST sequences.
  • Such fusion proteins may facilitate the purification of the recombinant IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides.
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides may be fused with a protein that binds B-cell follicles, thus initiating both a humoral immune response and activation of T cells.
  • the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides may be genetically coupled with and anti-dendritic cell antibody to deliver the antigen to the immune system and stimulate a cellular immune response. He, et al. (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10: 1920-27.
  • a chimeric or fusion protein of the invention may be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene may be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • Fusion proteins may include C-terminal or N-terminal translocation sequences. Further, fusion proteins can comprise additional elements, e.g., for protein detection, purification, or other applications. Detection and purification facilitating domains including but not limited to metal chelating peptides such as polyhistidine tracts, histidine-tryptophan modules, or other domains that allow purification on immobilized metals; maltose binding protein; protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin; or the domain utilized in the FLAG extension/affinity purification system (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis MO.)
  • a fusion protein may be prepared from a protein of the invention by fusion with a portion of an immunoglobulin comprising a constant region of an immunoglobulin. More preferably, the portion of the immunoglobulin comprises a heavy chain constant region which is optionally and more preferably a human heavy chain constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is most preferably an IgG heavy chain constant region, and optionally and most preferably is an Fc chain, most preferably an IgG Fc fragment that comprises CH2 and CH3 domains. Although any IgG subtype may optionally be used, the IgGl subtype is preferred.
  • the Fc chain may optionally be a known or "wild type" Fc chain, or alternatively may be mutated.
  • Fc chain also optionally comprises any type of Fc fragment.
  • the term "Fc chain” also optionally comprises any type of Fc fragment.
  • Several of the specific amino acid residues that are involved in antibody constant region-mediated activity in the IgG subclass have been identified. Inclusion, substitution or exclusion of these specific amino acids therefore allows for inclusion or exclusion of specific immunoglobulin constant region-mediated activity.
  • specific changes may result in aglycosylation for example and/or other desired changes to the Fc chain. At least some changes may optionally be made to block a function of Fc which is considered to be undesirable, such as an undesirable immune system effect. See McCafferty, et al. (2002) Antibody Engineering: A Practical Approach (Eds.) Oxford University Press.
  • cleavable linker sequences such as Factor Xa See, e.g., Ottavi, ( 1998) Biochimie 80: 289-93), subtilisin protease recognition motif (See, e.g., Polyak (1997) Protein Eng. 10: 615-19); enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA.), between the translocation domain (for efficient plasma membrane expression) and the rest of the newly translated polypeptide may be useful to facilitate purification.
  • one construct can include a polypeptide encoding a nucleic acid sequence linked to six histidine residues followed by a thioredoxin, an enterokinase cleavage site ⁇ See, e.g., Williams (1995) Biochemistry 34: 1787-97), and an C-terminal translocation domain.
  • the histidine residues facilitate detection and purification while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the desired protein(s) from the remainder of the fusion protein.
  • Technology pertaining to vectors encoding fusion proteins and application of fusion proteins are well described in the scientific and patent literature. See, e.g., Kroll (1993) DNA Cell. Biol. 12: 441-53.
  • a fusion protein may be a GST-KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 fusion protein in which the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences.
  • Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3.
  • the fusion protein is a IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus.
  • the fusion protein is an Ig- IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 fusion protein in which the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and
  • IR2DL3 sequences are fused to a portion of an Ig molecule.
  • the Ig portion of the fusion protein can include and immunoglobulin constant region, e.g., a human Cgammal domain or a C gamma4 domain ⁇ e.g., the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions of human IgC gammal or human IgC gamma4 ⁇ See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5, 1 16,964; 5,580,756; 5,844,095).
  • a resulting fusion protein may have altered KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 solubility, binding affinity, stability and/or valency ⁇ i.e., the number of binding sites per molecule) and may increase the efficiency of protein purification.
  • IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 Ig fusion proteins include an extracellular domain portion of IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 coupled to an immunoglobulin constant region (e.g., the Fc region).
  • the immunoglobulin constant region may contain genetic modifications which reduce or eliminate effector activity inherent in the immunoglobulin structure.
  • DNA encoding an extracellular portion of a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 polypeptide can be joined to DNA encoding the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions of human IgG gamma 1 and/or IgG gamma4 modified by site-directed mutagenesis, e.g., as taught in WO 97/28267.
  • the KIR2DL1 , KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo.
  • KIR2DL 1, KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 binding partner.
  • Use of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of conditions or disorders that would benefit from modulation of the immune response.
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-KIR2DLl , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies in a subject, to purify KJR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3-binding proteins, and in screening ' assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 with its natural binding partner.
  • the KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides may be conjugated to other moieties. Such conjugates are often used in the preparation of vaccines.
  • the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 polypeptide may be conjugated to a carbohydrate (e.g., mannose, fucose, glucose, GlcNAs, maltose), which is recognized by the mannose receptor present on dendritic cells and macrophages.
  • a carbohydrate e.g., mannose, fucose, glucose, GlcNAs, maltose
  • the ensuing binding, aggregation, and receptor-mediated endocytosis and phagocytosis functions provide enhanced innate and adaptive immunity. See Mahnke, et al. (2000) J. Cell Biol.
  • KLH Keyhole Limpit Hemocyannin
  • OMPS microbial outer membrane proteins
  • the present invention also provides methods for isolation of the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides (e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24).
  • relevant cell lines may be obtained from a patient suffering from an autoimmune or inflammatory disorder. After homogenization and solubilization in a detergent, the antigen is chromatographically purified. Size-exclusion or affinity chromatography may be used for this, and may be used in conjunction with anti-KIR2DLl ,
  • KJR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 antibodies may be immobilized on a solid support (e.g., coupled to resins, magnetic beads) for simple antigen adsorption, washing, and elution from the solid support. The eluted protein is then studied further for antigen presence, characterization, and identification. See Walker (2002) Protein Protocols Handbook [2 nd Ed.] Humana Press and Culture (2003) [Ed.] Protein Purification Protocols Humana Press.
  • the antigen isolated in this way may be used for preparing a pharmaceutical using the conventional pharmaceutical excipient and carrier substance.
  • in-vivo administration of the purified antigen in a physiological NaCl solution may be used for preparing a pharmaceutical using the conventional pharmaceutical excipient and carrier substance.
  • KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and JR2DL3 polypeptides according to the invention may serve as an antigen in the identification of activities as part of a high-throughput screening.
  • High-throughput screening methods are known to persons skilled in the art. Wells (2002) High Throughout Bioanalytical Sample Preparation Elsevier Health Sciences.
  • the present invention also provides nucleotides which encode KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 s.
  • the present invention also provides polynucleotides that encode KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24.
  • the present invention also provides for fragments, sequences hybridizable with, and sequences homologous to the polynucleotide sequences described herein which are at least about 80%, 81 %, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
  • the invention also provides polynucleotides comprising at least one KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 sequence encoding similar polypeptides with different codon usage, altered sequences characterized by mutations, such as deletion, insertion or substitution of one or more nucleotides, either naturally occurring or man induced, either randomly or in a targeted fashion.
  • the present invention also encompasses homologous nucleic acid sequences ⁇ e.g., which form a part of a polynucleotide sequence of the present invention), which include sequence regions unique to the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the present invention also encompasses nucleic acids encoding homologues of KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptides, such homologues can be at least about 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% identical homologous to the amino acid sequences set forth herein, as may be determined using BlastP software of the National Center of Biotechnology Information (NCBI) using default parameters.
  • NCBI National Center of Biotechnology Information
  • polypeptides having mutations such as deletions, insertions or substitutions of one or more nucleic acids, either naturally occurring or man induced, either randomly or in a targeted fashion.
  • Nucleic acid molecules may encode a IR2DL 1 , TR2DL2, and KIR2DL3, or a functional fragment of said nucleic acid molecule.
  • a "functional fragment" of said nucleic acid includes a fragment of the gene or cDNA encoding said IR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3, which fragment is capable of being expressed to produce a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 capable of eliciting an immune response (e.g., antibodies which selectively bind the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 )
  • an immune response e.g., antibodies which selectively bind the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3
  • fragments of the KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 according to the invention which correspond to amino acid residues that contribute to the immunogenicity of the antigen and which fragments may serve to function as antigens to elicit an
  • the nucleic acid molecules according to the invention also comprise fragments, derivatives and allelic variants of the nucleic acid molecules described above that encodes a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 according to the invention.
  • Methods and materials for making nucleic acids encoding fragments of TR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 are well known in the art. See, e.g., Maniatis, et al. (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3 rd Ed.] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encompassing all or a portion of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or an ortholog or variant can be isolated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using synthetic oligonucleotide primers designed based upon the sequence of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or, alternatively, genomic DNA as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
  • the nucleic acid molecule so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
  • oligonucleotides corresponding to KTR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • an isolated KIR2DL1 , KJR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 encoding nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, or 3, or a fragment thereof.
  • the nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, or 3, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences.
  • a nucleic acid molecule which is complementary to the a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, is one which is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 such that it can hybridize to the nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 respectively, thereby forming a stable duplex.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention comprises a nucleotide sequence which is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 99.5% identical to the entire length of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences.
  • the nucleic acid molecule of the invention can comprise only a portion of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, for example, a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment which encodes a portion of a IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3-polypeptide.
  • the nucleotide sequences determined from the cloning of the human PD-L2 gene allow for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other PD-L2 family members, as well as KIR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 homologues from other species.
  • the probe/primer typically comprises substantially purified oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or 3; of an anti-sense sequence of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention comprises a nucleotide sequence which is greater than about 50-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350- 400, 400-450, 450-500, 500-550, 550-600, 600-650, 650-700, 700-750, 750-800, 800-850, 850- 900, 900-950 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or the complement thereof.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention comprises a nucleotide sequence which is greater than about 880-900, 900-950, 950-1000, 1000-1050, 1050-1 100, 1 100-1 150 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or the complement thereof.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention comprises a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 50-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200- 250, 250-300 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the coding region a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or a complement thereof.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention comprises a nucleotide sequence which is greater than about 50-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-450, 450-500, 500-550, 550-600, 600-650, 650-700, 700-750, 750-800, 850-900, 900-950, or more nucleotides in length, includes at least about 15 (i.e., 15 contiguous) nucleotides of the sequence comprising the coding region of a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or a complement thereof, and hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide that encodes the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15,
  • Probes based on the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 nucleotide sequences can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous polypeptides.
  • the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which misexpress a IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, such as by measuring a level of a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3- encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject, e.g., detecting KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 gene has been mutated or deleted.
  • IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptides may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymorphism in the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 genes may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation.
  • the terms "gene” and "recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include an open reading frame encoding a TR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide, preferably a mammalian KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 polypeptide, and can further include non-coding regulatory sequences, and introns.
  • allelic variants of human or mouse KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 include both functional and non-functional KIR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and TR2DL3 polypeptides.
  • Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the human or mouse IR2DL1, KTR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 polypeptide that maintain the ability to bind natural IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 binding partner(s)and/or modulate CD4+ and CD8+ T cell proliferation and cytokine production and lymphocyte activation.
  • Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, and 24, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the polypeptide.
  • Non-functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the human or mouse KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide that do not have the ability to either bind natural KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 binding partners, and/or modulate any of the IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 activities described herein.
  • Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, deletion, or insertion or premature truncation of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24, or a substitution, insertion or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the polypeptide.
  • the present invention further provides non-human, non-mouse orthologs of the human or mouse IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide. Orthologs of the human KIR2DL1,
  • IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide are polypeptides that are isolated from non-human, non-mouse organisms and possess the same binding activity and/or lymphocyte activation-modulating activity, and ability to modulate CD4+ and CD8+ T cell proliferation and cytokine production as the human and murine KIR2DL1 , KJR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • a mutant KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may be assayed for the ability to bind to and/or modulate the activity of a natural KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 binding partner, to modulate intra- or intercellular signaling, modulate activation of T lymphocytes, and/or modulate the immune response of an organism.
  • Such nucleic acid molecules comprising at least a first nucleotide sequence encoding a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 or KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 protein, polypeptide or ' peptide operatively linked to a second nucleotide sequence encoding a non- IR2DL l, KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 protein, polypeptide or peptide, can be prepared by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
  • identity refers broadly to the that functional and/or structural equivalence that exists between the nucleic acid molecules concerned or the proteins coded by them.
  • the nucleic acid molecules which are homologous to the molecules described above and constitute derivatives of these molecules, are generally variations of these molecules, which constitute modifications, which execute the same biological function. At the same time, the variations may occur naturally, for example they may be sequences from other species, or they may be mutants, wherein these mutants may have occurred in a natural manner or have been introduced by objective mutagenesis. The variations may also be synthetically manufactured sequences.
  • the allelic variants may be both naturally occurring variants and also synthetically manufactured variants or variants produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Nucleic acid molecules, which deviate from nucleic acid molecules according to the invention due to degeneration of the genetic code, constitute a special form of derivatives.
  • nucleotide sequence that encodes the amino acid sequence of KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 thereof. Because the genetic code is degenerate, more than one codon may be used to encode a particular amino acid. Using the genetic code, one or more different nucleotides may be identified, each of which would be capable of encoding the amino acid.
  • the probability that a particular nucleotide will, in fact, constitute the actual codon encoding sequence may be estimated by considering abnormal base pairing relationships and the frequency with which a particular codon is actually used (to encode a particular amino acid) in eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells expressing a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 thereof.
  • Such "codon usage rules" are disclosed by Lathe, et al. (1985) J. Molec. Biol. 183: 1—12.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be modified polynucleotides. Unmodified nucleotide are often less optimal in some applications, e.g., prone to degradation by cellular nucleases. Chemical modifications to one or more of the subunits of oligonucleotide may confer improved properties, e.g., may render polynucleotides more stable to nucleases.
  • Typical oligonucleotide modifications are well-known in the art and may include one or more of: (i) alteration, e.g., replacement, of one or both of the non-linking phosphate oxygens and/or of one or more of the linking phosphate oxygens in the phosphodiester intersugar linkage; (ii) alteration, e.g., replacement, of a constituent of the ribose sugar, e.g., of the modification or replacement of the 2' hydroxyl on the ribose sugar; (iii) wholesale replacement of the phosphate moiety; (iv) modification or replacement of a naturally occurring base with a non-natural base; (v) replacement or modification of the ribose- phosphate backbone, e.g.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • modification of the 3' end or 5' end of the oligonucelotide and (vii) modification of the sugar, e.g., six membered rings.
  • Polynucleotides used in accordance with this invention may be synthesized by any number of means well-known in the art, or purchased from a variety of commercial vendors (LC Sciences, Houston, TX; Promega, Madison, WI; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA).
  • an antisense nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a "sense” nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. Accordingly, an antisense nucleic acid can hydrogen bond to a sense nucleic acid.
  • the antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof.
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3.
  • the term "coding region” refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "noncoding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding PD-L.
  • noncoding region refers to 5' and 3' sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (also referred to as 5' and 3' untranslated regions).
  • antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick base pairing.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of KJR2DL1 , TR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of KTR2DL1, KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 or
  • An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length.
  • An antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule ⁇ e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used.
  • modified nucleotides which can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include 5-fluorouracil, 5- bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5- (carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridin- e, 5- carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6- isopentenyladenine, 1 -methylguanine, 1 -methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2- methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5- methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiour- acil, beta-D-mannosylqueo
  • the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide to thereby inhibit expression of the polypeptide, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation.
  • the hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule which binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention include direct injection at a tissue site.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically.
  • antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol ⁇ or pol ⁇ promoter are preferred.
  • the KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antisense nucleic acid molecule may be an oc- anomeric nucleic acid molecule.
  • An a-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual ⁇ -units, the strands run parallel to each other. Gaultier, et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res. 15: 6625-6641.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-0-methylribonucleotide (Inoue, et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res. 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue, et al. ( 1987) FEBS Lett. 215: 327-330).
  • a IR2DL 1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antisense nucleic acid may be a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity which are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region.
  • ribozymes e.g., hammerhead ribozymes (described in Haseloff and Gerlach ( 1988) Nature 334:585- 591 )
  • K1R2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA transcripts can be used to catalytically cleave K1R2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA transcripts to thereby inhibit translation of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA.
  • a ribozyme having specificity for a KJR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a KIR2DL1, KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 cDNA disclosed herein.
  • a derivative of a Tetrahymena L- 1 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,987,071 and U.S. Patent No.
  • KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel and Szostak (1993) Science 261 : 141 1-1418.
  • IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 ⁇ e.g., the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 promoter and/or enhancers; to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 gene in target cells.
  • nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 e.g., the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 promoter and/or enhancers
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and
  • the KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule.
  • the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids. See Hyrup and Nielsen ( 1996) Bioorg. Med. Chem. 4( 1): 5-23.
  • peptide nucleic acids refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g., DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained.
  • the neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength.
  • the synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup and Nielsen ( 1996) supra and Perry-O'Keefe, et al. (1996) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-675.
  • PNAs of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNA scan be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication.
  • PNAs of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene ⁇ e.g., by PNA- directed PCR clamping); as 'artificial restriction enzymes' when used in combination with other enzymes ⁇ e.g., S I nucleases (Hyrup and Nielsen ( 1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup and Nielsen ( 1996) supra; Perry-O'Keefe et al. ( 1996) supra).
  • PNAs of KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 can be modified ⁇ e.g. , to enhance their stability or cellular uptake), by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 nucleic acid molecules can be generated which may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes (e.g., RNAse H and DNA polymerases), to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (Hyrup and Nielsen (1996) supra). The synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup and Nielsen (1996) supra and Finn P. J. et al. ( 1996) Nucleic Acids Res. 24 ( 17):3357-63.
  • a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used as a bridge between the PNA and the 5' end of DNA (Mag, M. et al. (1989) Nucleic Acids Res. 17:5973-88). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5' PNA segment and a 3' DNA segment (Finn P. J. et al. (1996) supra). Alternatively, chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5' DNA segment and a 3' PNA segment (Peterser, et al. (1975) Bioorganic Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1 119-1 1 124).
  • modified nucleoside analogs e.g., 5'-(4
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (See, e.g., Letsinger et al. ( 1989) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. WO 88/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 89/10134).
  • peptides e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo
  • agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane See, e.g., Letsinger et al. ( 1989) Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987) Proc Natl. Acad.
  • oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al. (1988) Biotechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents (See, e.g., Zon ( 1988) Pharm. Res. 5:539-549).
  • the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).
  • Isolation and expression of the IR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 of the invention may be effected by well-established cloning procedures using probes or primers constructed based on the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 nucleic acids sequences disclosed in the application.
  • Related IR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 sequences may also be identified from human or other species genomic databases using the sequences disclosed herein and known computer-based search technologies, e.g., BLAST sequence searching.
  • the pseudogenes disclosed herein may be used to identify functional alleles or related genes.
  • Expression vectors can then be used to infect or transfect host cells for the functional expression of these sequences. These genes and vectors can be made and expressed in vitro or in vivo.
  • desired phenotypes for altering and controlling nucleic acid expression can be obtained by modulating the expression or activity of the genes and nucleic acids (e.g., promoters, enhancers) within the vectors of the invention. Any of the known methods described for increasing or decreasing expression or activity can be used.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987) Genes Dev. 1 :268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton ( 1988) Adv. Immunol. 43:235-275), particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989) EMBO J.
  • promoters are also encompassed, for example by the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990) Science 249:374—379) and the a-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman ( 1989) Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
  • polynucleotide sequences provided herein may be generated according to any oligonucleotide synthesis method known in the art such as enzymatic synthesis or solid phase synthesis.
  • Equipment and reagents for executing solid-phase synthesis are commercially available from, for example, Applied Biosystems. Any other means for such synthesis may also be employed; the actual synthesis of the polynucleotides is well within the capabilities of one skilled in the art. See, e.g., Maniatis, et al. (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3 rd Ed.] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Swamy (2008) Laboratory Manual on Biotechnology Rastogi Publications;
  • Double-stranded DNA fragments may then be obtained either by synthesizing the complementary strand and annealing the strands together under appropriate conditions, or by adding the complementary strand using DNA polymerase with an appropriate primer sequence.
  • Hybridization and the strength of hybridization is impacted by many factors well known in the art including the degree of complementarity between the polynucleotides, and the stringency of the conditions involved, which is affected by such conditions as the concentration of salts, the presence of other components (e.g., the presence or absence of polyethylene glycol), the molarity of the hybridizing strands and the G+C content of the polynucleotide strands, all of which results in a characteristic melting temperature (T n of the formed hybrid.
  • T n characteristic melting temperature
  • Hybridization wash conditions may include wash solution of 0.2 x SSC/0.1 % SDS and incubation with rotation for 10 minutes at room temperature, (low stringency wash), wash solution of prewarmed (42°C) 0.2 x SSC/0.1 % SDS and incubation with rotation for 15 minutes at 42°C (medium stringency wash) and wash solution of prewarmed (68°C) 0.1 x SSC/0.1 % SDS and incubation with rotation for 15 minutes at 68°C (high stringency wash). See Ausubel, et al. (201 1) [Ed.] Current Protocols in Molecular Biology John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  • Oligonucleotide primers may be used to amplify nucleic acids encoding a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 .
  • the nucleic acids described herein can also be cloned or measured quantitatively using amplification techniques.
  • Amplification methods are also well known in the art, and include, e.g., polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (Innis ( 1990) [Ed.] PCR Protocols, a Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, NY.; Innis (1995) [Ed.] PCR Strategies, Academic Press, Inc., NY.); ligase chain reaction (LCR) (Wu (1989) Genomics 4: 560; Landegren ( 1988) Science 241 : 1077; Barringer ( 1990) Gene 89: 1 17); transcription amplification (Kwoh (1989) PNAS 86: 1 173); self-sustained sequence replication (Guatelli (1990) PNAS 87: 1874); Q Beta replicase amplification (Smith ( 1997) J.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • CODEHOP COnsensus-DEgenerate Hybrid Oligonucleotide Primer
  • BlockMaker multiple sequence alignment site for hybrid primer prediction beginning with a set of related protein sequences, such as the IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 sequences provided herein. See, e.g., Rose ( 1998) Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 1628-35; Singh (1998) Biotechniques 24: 318-19.
  • Polymorphic variants, alleles, and interspecies homologs that are substantially identical to KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 disclosed herein may be isolated using the nucleic acid probes described above.
  • expression libraries can be used to clone KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 s and polymorphic variants, alleles, and interspecies homologs thereof, by detecting expressed homologs immunologically with antisera or purified antibodies made against a KIR2DL1, KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3, which also recognize and selectively bind to the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 homolog.
  • Nucleic acids that encode KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 may be generated by amplification (e.g., PCR) of appropriate nucleic acid sequences using appropriate (perfect or degenerate) primer pairs.
  • the amplified nucleic acid can be genomic DNA from any cell or tissue or mRNA or cDNA derived from KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 expressing cells. Methods for expression of heterologous sequences in host cells are well known in the art. See, e.g., Maniatis, et al. (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3 rd Ed.] Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Fusion Proteins comprising a KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3
  • Hybrid protein-coding sequences comprising nucleic acids encoding IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 fused to a translocation sequences may be constructed. Also provided are hybrid KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 comprising the motifs and antigenic regions. These nucleic acid sequences may be operably linked to transcriptional or translational control elements, e.g., transcription and translation initiation sequences, promoters and enhancers, transcription and translation terminators, polyadenylation sequences, and other sequences useful for transcribing DNA into RNA. In construction of recombinant expression cassettes, vectors, and transgenics, a promoter fragment can be employed to direct expression of the desired nucleic acid in all desired cells or tissues.
  • Fusion proteins may comprise C-terminal or N-terminal translocation sequences. Further, fusion proteins can comprise additional elements, e.g., for protein detection, purification, or other applications. Detection and purification facilitating domains include, e.g., metal chelating peptides such as polyhistidine tracts, histidine-tryptophan modules, or other domains that allow purification on immobilized metals; maltose binding protein; protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin; or the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Sigma-Aldrich.) [0357] The inclusion of a cleavabie linker sequences such as Factor Xa (See, e.g., Ottavi, ( 1998)
  • subtilisin protease recognition motif See, e.g., Pol ak ( 1997) Protein Eng.
  • one construct can include a polypeptide encoding a nucleic acid sequence linked to six histidine residues followed by a thioredoxin, an enterokinase cleavage site
  • Expression vectors either as individual expression vectors or as libraries of expression vectors, comprising the ligand-binding region encoding sequences may be introduced into a genome or into the cytoplasm or a nucleus of a cell and expressed by a variety of conventional techniques, well described in the scientific and patent literature. See, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (2001) [Eds.] Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (3 rd Ed.) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory; Ausubel, et al. (201 1) [Ed.] Current Protocols in Molecular Biology John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  • the nucleic acids can be expressed in expression cassettes, vectors or viruses which are stably or transiently expressed in cells (e.g., episomal expression systems).
  • Selection markers can be incorporated into expression cassettes and vectors to confer a selectable phenotype on transformed cells and sequences.
  • selection markers can code for episomal maintenance and replication such that integration into the host genome is not required.
  • the marker may encode antibiotic resistance (e.g., chloramphenicol, kanamycin, G418, bleomycin, hygromycin) or herbicide resistance (e.g., chlorosulfurone or Basta) to permit selection of those cells transformed with the desired DNA sequences. See, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (201 1) [Ed.] Current Protocols in Molecular Biology John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; and Walker & Papley (2009) Molecular Biology and
  • chemoresistance genes are also used as selectable markers in vitro and in vivo.
  • a nucleic acid construct according to the present invention may be used, which includes at least a coding region of one of the above nucleic acid sequences, and further includes at least one cis acting regulatory element.
  • the promoter utilized by the nucleic acid construct of the present invention is active in the specific cell population transformed. Examples of cell type-specific and/or tissue- specific promoters are well-known in the art. See Bernardi (2003) [Ed.] Gene Transfer and
  • the nucleic acid construct of the present invention can further include an enhancer, which can be adjacent or distant to the promoter sequence and can function in up regulating the transcription therefrom.
  • the nucleic acid construct of the present invention preferably further includes an appropriate selectable marker and/or an origin of replication.
  • the nucleic acid construct utilized is a shuttle vector, which can propagate both in E. coli (wherein the construct comprises an appropriate selectable marker and origin of replication) and be compatible for propagation in cells, or integration in a gene and a tissue of choice.
  • the construct according to the present invention can be, for example, a plasmid, a bacmid, a phagemid, a cosmid, a phage, a virus or an artificial chromosome.
  • Suitable constructs include, but are not limited to, pcDNA3, pcDNA3.1 (+/-), pGL3, PzeoSV2 (+/-), pDisplay, pEF/myc/cyto, pCMV/myc/cyto each of which is commercially available from Invitrogen Co. (Carlsbad, CA.)
  • retroviral vector and packaging systems are those sold by Clontech (San Diego, CA.), including Retro-X vectors pLNCX and pLXSN, which permit cloning into multiple cloning sites and the transgene is transcribed from CMV promoter.
  • Vectors derived from Mo-MuLV are also included such as pBabe, where the transgene will be transcribed from the 5' LTR promoter.
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
  • "operably-linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • regulatory sequence is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel ( 1990) Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185,
  • Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired.
  • the expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein.
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may be designed for production of variant proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
  • proteins of the invention can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells, or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel (1990) Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA.
  • the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.
  • Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, to the amino or C terminus of the recombinant protein.
  • Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: (i) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (iii) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification.
  • a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein.
  • enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences include Factor Xa, thrombin, PreScission, TEV and enterokinase.
  • Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson (1988) Gene 67: 31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) that fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid may be in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • the sequences may include optimized transcriptional and/or translational regulatory sequences (e.g., altered Kozak sequences).
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacterium with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman ( 1990) Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology Academic Press, San Diego, CA. 185: 1 19-128.
  • Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli. See, e.g., Wada, et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20: 21 1 1-21 18.
  • nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
  • Another strategy to solve codon bias is by using BL21-codon plus bacterial strains (Invitrogen) or Rosetta bacterial strain (Novagen), these strains contain extra copies of rare E.coli tRNA genes.
  • the expression vector encoding for the protein of the invention may be a yeast expression vector.
  • yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae examples include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al. (1987) EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz (1982) Cell 30: 933- 943), pJRY88 (Schultz, et al. (1987) Gene 54: 1 13-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, CA.), and picZ (Invitrogen Corp, San Diego, CA.)
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells ⁇ e.g., SF9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith, et al. (1983) Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156- 2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers (1989) Virology 170: 31-39).
  • a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector.
  • mammalian expression vectors examples include pCDM8 (Seed (1987) Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman, et al. (1987) EMBO J. 6: 187-195), pIRESpuro (Clontech), pUB6 (Invitrogen), pCEP4 (Invitrogen) pREP4 (Invitrogen), pcDNA3 (Invitrogen).
  • the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements.
  • commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, Rous Sarcoma Virus, and simian virus 40.
  • a host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
  • protein of the invention can be produced in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast, plant or mammalian cells ⁇ e.g., Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO), COS, HEK293 cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
  • transformation As used herein, the terms "transformation" and
  • transfection are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid ⁇ e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride
  • IR2DL3, fragment, or variant of interest is included in IR2DL3, fragment, or variant of interest.
  • a gene that encodes a selectable marker ⁇ e.g., resistance to antibiotics
  • a selectable marker e.g., resistance to antibiotics
  • Various selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin, puromycin, blasticidin and methotrexate.
  • Nucleic acids encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding protein of the invention or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection ⁇ e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • a host cell of the invention such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce ⁇ i.e., express) protein of the invention.
  • the invention further provides methods for producing proteins of the invention using the host cells of the invention.
  • the method comprises culturing the host cell of the present invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding protein of the invention has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that the protein of the invention is produced.
  • the method further comprises isolating protein of the invention from the medium or the host cell.
  • the transfected cells are cultured under conditions favoring expression of the receptor, fragment, or variant of interest, which is then recovered from the culture using standard techniques. Examples of such techniques are well known in the art. See, e.g., WO 00/06593.
  • the production of anti-KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 monoclonal antibodies described herein may be effected using a vector which allows for the insertion of both heavy and light chain genes, with transfection to CHO cells may be used to optimize production.
  • the plasmid vector pRc/CMV that we employed was designed with the intent of achieving high W
  • the vector has a cloning site which accepted the heavy and light chain genes, inserting them downstream from the human CMV.
  • the vector allows antibody to be produced at levels greater than 1000 mg/L in bioreactor media, so that therapeutic doses of 250-500 mg may be delivered.
  • Monoclonal antibodies demonstrating minimal HAMA at doses of 200 mg to 400 mg delivered every two weeks I.V. could be effective in controlling metastatic cancer.
  • Both plasmid vectors carry a dhfr expression unit driven by an enhancer-deficient SV40 early promoter.
  • the vector may be inserted into the CHO-D-SFM (dihydrofolate reductase (dhfr)-deficient Chinese hamster ovary) cells in near serum-free medium supplemented with 1.0 of methotrexate (MTX).
  • MTX methotrexate
  • the present invention also provides antibodies which selectively bind the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 including but not limited monoclonal and humanized monoclonal antibodies.
  • the antibodies which selectively bind the IR2DL1, IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 may be admixed in compositions with pharmaceutical carriers and additional agents (e.g., one antiinflammatory agent, analgesic agent, or disease-modifying antirheumatic drug (DMARD)).
  • additional agents e.g., one antiinflammatory agent, analgesic agent, or disease-modifying antirheumatic drug (DMARD)
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation.
  • a full- length IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of IR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 for use as immunogens.
  • an antigenic peptide of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 comprises at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in any one of SEQ ID NO: 7-24 and encompasses an epitope of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with the KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.
  • Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of KJR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 that are located in the extracellular domain of the polypeptide, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity.
  • a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 immunogen typically is used to prepare antibodies by immunizing a suitable subject (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse, or other mammal) with the immunogen.
  • An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly expressed KTR2DL1 , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide or a chemically synthesized KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide.
  • KIR2DL1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide may comprise the extracellular domain of a KIR2DL1, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 polypeptide (e.g., the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7-24).
  • the preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, or similar immunostimulatory agent. Immunization of a suitable subject with an immunogenic
  • IR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 preparation induces a polyclonal anti-KTR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibody response.
  • Antibodies may comprise of two identical light polypeptide chains of molecular weight approximately 23,000 daltons ("light chain”), and two identical heavy chains of molecular weight 53,000-70,000 ("heavy chain”). See Edelman ( 1971) Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 190: 5. The four chains are joined by disulfide bonds in a "Y" configuration wherein the light chains bracket the heavy chains starting at the mouth of the "Y” configuration. The "branch” portion of the "Y” configuration is designated the F ab region; the stem portion of the "Y” configuration is designated the F c region.
  • the amino acid sequence orientation runs from the N-terminal end at the top of the "Y” configuration to the C-terminal end at the bottom of each chain. The N-terminal end possesses the variable region having specificity for the antigen that elicited it, and is about 100 amino acids in length, there being slight variations between light and heavy chain and from antibody to antibody.
  • variable region is linked in each chain to a constant region that extends the remaining length of the chain and that within a particular class of antibody does not vary with the specificity of the antibody (i.e., the antigen eliciting it).
  • constant regions There are five known major classes of constant regions that determine the class of the immunoglobulin molecule (e.g., IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE
  • the constant region or class determines subsequent effector function of the antibody, including activation of complement (Kabat ( 1976) Structural Concepts in Immunology and Immunochemistry [2 nd Ed.] pages 413—436; Holt, Rinehart, Winston) and other cellular responses (Andrews, et al. ( 1980) Clinical Immunobiology 1- 1 ' 8; Kohl, et al. (1983) Immunology 48: 187) while the variable region determines the antigen with which it will react.
  • Light chains are classified as either ⁇ (kappa) or ⁇ (lambda). Each heavy chain class may be prepared with either kappa or lambda light chain. The light and heavy chains are covalently bonded to each other, and the "tail" portions of the two heavy chains are bonded to each other by covalent disulfide linkages when the immunoglobulins are generated either by hybridomas or by B cells.
  • Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
  • polyclonal antibodies raised to seminal basic protein from specific species such as rat, mouse, or human can be selected to obtain only those polyclonal antibodies that are specifically immunoreactive with seminal basic protein and not with other proteins, except for polymorphic variants and alleles of seminal basic protein. This selection may be achieved by subtracting out antibodies that cross-react with seminal basic protein molecules from other species.
  • a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA
  • immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See, e.g., Harlow & Lane ( 1998) USING ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity. Typically a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than about 10 to 100 times background.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. ( 1987) Genes Dev. 1 :268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton ( 1988) Adv. Immunol. 43:235-275), particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore ( 1989) EMBO J.
  • promoters are also encompassed, for example by the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss ( 1990) Science 249:374-379) and the a-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman ( 1989) Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
  • Polyclonal antibodies are heterogeneous populations of antibody molecules derived from the sera of animals immunized with an antigen. Polyclonal antibodies which selectively bind the
  • KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 may be made by methods well-known in the art. See, e.g., Howard & Kaser (2007) Making and Using Antibodies: A Practical Handbook CRC Press.
  • a monoclonal antibody contains a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies specific to antigens, which population contains substantially similar epitope binding sites.
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g.
  • a hybridoma producing an antibody of the present invention may be cultivated in vitro, in situ, or in vivo.
  • Chimeric antibodies are molecules different portions of which are derived from different animal species, such as those having variable region derived from a murine antibody and a human immunoglobulin constant region, which are primarily used to reduce immunogenicity in application and to increase yields in production, for example, where murine monoclonal antibodies have higher yields from hybridomas but higher immunogenicity in humans, such that human murine chimeric monoclonal antibodies are used.
  • Chimeric antibodies and methods for their production are known in the art. See Cabilly, et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 : 3273-3277; Morrison, et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Humanized antibodies are engineered to contain even more human-like immunoglobulin domains, and incorporate only the complementarity-determining regions of the animal-derived antibody. This may be accomplished by examining the sequence of the hyper- variable loops of the variable regions of the monoclonal antibody, and fitting them to the structure of the human antibody chains. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6, 187,287. Likewise, other methods of producing humanized antibodies are now well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,225,539; 5,530, 101 ;
  • immunoglobulin fragments comprising the epitope binding site ⁇ e.g., Fab', F(ab') 2 , or other fragments
  • “Fragment,” or minimal immunoglobulins may be designed utilizing recombinant immunoglobulin techniques. For instance "Fv" immunoglobulins for use in the present invention may W
  • Antigen-binding fragments of immunoglobulins include but are not limited to SMIPs (small molecule immunopharmaceuticals), camelbodies, nanobodies, and IgNAR.
  • An anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibody is an antibody which recognizes unique determinants generally associated with the antigen-binding site of an antibody.
  • An Id antibody may be prepared by immunizing an animal of the same species and genetic type ⁇ e.g., mouse strain) as the source of the antibody with the antibody to which an anti-Id is being prepared. The immunized animal will recognize and respond to the idiotypic determinants of the immunizing antibody by producing an antibody to these idiotypic determinants (the anti-Id antibody). See e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,699,880.
  • the anti-Id antibody may also be used as an "immunogen" to induce an immune response in yet another animal, producing a so-called anti-anti-Id antibody.
  • the anti-anti-Id may be epitopically identical to the original antibody which induced the anti-Id.
  • antibodies to the idiotypic determinants of an antibody it is possible to identify other clones expressing antibodies of identical specificity.
  • An antibody of the invention further may be prepared using an antibody having one or more of the VH and/or VL sequences derived from an antibody starting material to engineer a modified antibody, which modified antibody may have altered properties from the starting antibody.
  • An antibody may be engineered by modifying one or more residues within one or both variable regions (i.e., VH and/or VL), for example within one or more CDR regions and/or within one or more framework regions. Additionally or alternatively, an antibody may be engineered by modifying residues within the constant region(s), for example to alter the effector function(s) of the antibody.
  • CDR grafting One type of variable region engineering that may be performed is CDR grafting. Antibodies interact with target antigens predominantly through amino acid residues that are located in the six heavy and light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs). For this reason, the amino acid sequences within CDRs are more diverse between individual antibodies than sequences outside of CDRs. Because CDR sequences are responsible for most antibody-antigen interactions, it is possible to express recombinant antibodies that mimic the properties of specific naturally occurring antibodies by constructing expression vectors that include CDR sequences from the specific naturally occurring antibody grafted onto framework sequences from a different antibody with different properties. See, e.g., Riechmann, et al. (1998) Nature 332: 323-327; Jones, et al.
  • Suitable framework sequences may be obtained from public DNA databases or published references that include germline antibody gene sequences.
  • germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes may be found in the "VBase" human germline sequence database (available on the Internet), as well as in Kabat, E. A., et al.
  • variable region modification is to mutate amino acid residues within the VH and/or VL CDR 1, CDR2 and/or CDR3 regions to thereby improve one or more binding properties e.g., affinity) of the antibody of interest.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis or PCR-mediated mutagenesis may be performed to introduce the mutation(s) and the effect on antibody binding, or other functional property of interest, may be evaluated in appropriate in vitro or in vivo assays.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis or PCR-mediated mutagenesis may be performed to introduce the mutation(s) and the effect on antibody binding, or other functional property of interest, may be evaluated in appropriate in vitro or in vivo assays.
  • the mutations may be amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions, but are preferably substitutions. Moreover, typically no more than one, two, three, four or five residues within a CDR region are altered.
  • Engineered antibodies of the invention include those in which modifications have been made to framework residues within VH and/or VL, e.g. to improve the properties of the antibody. Typically such framework modifications are made to decrease the immunogenicity of the antibody. For example, one approach is to "backmutate" one or more framework residues to the corresponding germline sequence. More specifically, an antibody that has undergone somatic mutation may contain framework residues that differ from the germline sequence from which the antibody is derived. Such residues may be identified by comparing the antibody framework sequences to the germline sequences from which the antibody is derived.
  • antibodies of the invention may be engineered to include modifications within the Fc region, typically to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody, such as serum half-life, complement fixation, Fc receptor binding, and/or antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • modifications within the Fc region typically to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody, such as serum half-life, complement fixation, Fc receptor binding, and/or antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • an antibody of the invention may be chemically modified ⁇ e.g., one or more chemical moieties may be attached to the antibody) or be modified to alter its glycosylation, again to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody. Such embodiments are described further below.
  • the numbering of residues in the Fc region is that of the EU index of Kabat.
  • the hinge region of CH 1 may be modified such that the number of cysteine residues in the hinge region is altered, e.g., increased or decreased. See U.S. Patent No. 5,677,425.
  • the number of cysteine residues in the hinge region of CHI may be altered to, for example, facilitate assembly of the light and heavy chains or to increase or decrease the stability of the antibody.
  • the Fc hinge region of an antibody may be mutated to decrease the biological half life of the antibody. More specifically, one or more amino acid mutations may be introduced into the CH2-CH3 domain interface region of the Fc-hinge fragment such that the antibody has impaired Staphylococcyl protein A (SpA) binding relative to native Fc-hinge domain SpA binding. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6, 165,745.
  • SpA Staphylococcyl protein A
  • the antibody may be modified to increase its biological half life.
  • Various approaches are possible. For example, one or more of the following mutations may be introduced: T252L, T254S, T256F. See U.S. Patent No. 6,277,375.
  • the antibody may be altered within the CHI or CL region to contain a salvage receptor binding epitope taken from two loops of a CH2 domain of an Fc region of an IgG. See U.S. Patent Nos. 5,869,046 and 6, 121,022.
  • the Fc region may be altered by replacing at least one amino acid residue with a different amino acid residue to alter the effector function(s) of the antibody.
  • one or more amino acids selected from amino acid residues 234, 235, 236, 237, 297, 318, 320 and 322 may be replaced with a different amino acid residue such that the antibody has an altered affinity for an effector ligand but retains the antigen-binding ability of the parent antibody.
  • the effector ligand to which affinity may be altered may be, for example, an Fc receptor or the CI component of complement. See U.S. Patent Nos. 5,624,821 and 5,648,260.
  • glycosylation of an antibody may be modified.
  • an aglycoslated antibody may be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation).
  • Glycosylation may be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • Such carbohydrate modifications may be
  • an antibody may be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNac structures.
  • altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies.
  • carbohydrate modifications may be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and may be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation. See U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/01 10704 and Yamane-Ohnuki, et al.
  • An antibody may be Pegylated to, for example, increase the biological ⁇ e.g., serum) half life of the antibody.
  • the antibody, or fragment thereof typically is reacted with polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG, under conditions in which one or more PEG groups become attached to the antibody or antibody fragment.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the pegylation is carried out via an acylation reaction or an alkylation reaction with a reactive PEG molecule (or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer).
  • the invention also provides variants and equivalents that are substantially homologous to the antibodies, antibody fragments, diabodies, SMIPs, camelbodies, nanobodies, IgNAR,
  • polypeptides, variable regions and CDRs set forth herein may contain, e.g., conservative substitution mutations, ⁇ i.e., the substitution of one or more amino acids by similar amino acids).
  • conservative substitution refers to the substitution of an amino acid with another within the same general class, e.g., one acidic amino acid with another acidic amino acid, one basic amino acid with another basic amino acid, or one neutral amino acid by another neutral amino acid.
  • Monoclonal antibodies in particular may be made using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler, et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975), or by other well-known, subsequently-developed methods ⁇ See, e.g., Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pages 59-103
  • Hybridomas and other fusion cells may be formed by chemical fusion, electrical fusion, or any other suitable technique, with any suitable type of myelomas,
  • heteromyelomas phoblastoid cells, plasmacytomas or similar immortalized cell and any suitable type of antibody-expressing cell(s).
  • Transformed immortalized B cells also can be used to efficiently produce antibodies.
  • Transformed B cells can be produced by standard techniques, such as transformation with an Epstein Barr Virus, or a transforming gene. ⁇ See, e.g., "Continuously Proliferating Human Cell Lines
  • a step of a method for producing anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can include, for example, a step of producing immortalized B cells producing an antibody which are fused to appropriate partners to produce anti-KJR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody (s) or which are sequenced and such sequences used to produce a recombinant anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • Cell lines available as hosts for recombinant protein expression are well known in the art and include many immortalized cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). These include, inter alia, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, NSO, SP2 cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney (BH ) cells, monkey kidney cells (COS), human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., Hep G2), A549 cells, and a number of other cell lines. Other cell lines that may be used are insect cell lines, such as Sf9 cells.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • antibodies can be produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown.
  • Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods. Antibodies may also be recovered from host cell lysates when directly expressed without a secretory signal.
  • the purification of antibodies from cell cultures, cell lysates, and transgenic animals or biological materials obtained therefrom can be achieved by application of any number of suitable techniques known in the art including, e.g., immunoaffinity column purification; sulfate precipitation; chromatofocusing;
  • Anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies also can be produced in bacterial cells and eukaryotic unicellular microorganisms, such as yeast. Bacterial cell produced antibodies lack normal glycosylation and accordingly may be deficient in terms of ADCC functions and other aspects of the immune response that may otherwise be associated with essentially identical antibodies produced in mammalian cells and or animals.
  • Suitable methods for purifying, screening and selection of antibodies can be used, including those described in WO 2006/072625. Screening and selection of anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibodies can be accomplished by any suitable technique or combination of techniques. For example, a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies that selectively bind with a particular protein, variant, or fragment. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies selectively immunoreactive with a protein, protein variant, or fragment thereof. See Harlow and Lane, supra. The binding affinity of a monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies typically are screened for the ability to modulate NK cell activity, such as by inhibiting KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3-mediated signals, promoting activation of NK cells through NK activating receptor-mediated signals.
  • a number of NK cell assays have been developed that can be useful in such contexts including, for example, flow cytometric screening methods. See, e.g., McGinnes, et al. ( 1984) J Immunol Methods 80: 70-85. Methods relevant to culturing NK cells, assessing NK cells, and the like are known in the art. See, e.g., Campbell and Colonna, Natural Killer Cell Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series vol. 121) (2000).
  • NK cell neutralizing activity can be demonstrated by the capacity of an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 Antibody to reconstitute lysis of target cells by KIR2DL1 , 2, and/or 3-positive NK cells.
  • Anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody-associated NK cell modulation ⁇ e.g., KIR inhibition) can also be assessed by various cell based cytotoxicity assays. Redirected killing is one experimental system for determining the capacity of a NK-cell receptor to induce cytotoxicity.
  • NK cells coated with antibody specific for a candidate receptor are assessed for their ability to kill target cells that express an Fc receptor to which the antibody binds.
  • the NK cell activity modulation associated with an anti-KIR antibody can be assessed in a cytokine-release assay.
  • Other biological activities associated with various anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies also can be used to evaluate anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies.
  • An antibody may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion.
  • a cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells.
  • Examples include but are not limited to taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1 -dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites ⁇ e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents ⁇ e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum ( ⁇ ) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines ⁇ e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics ⁇ e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents ⁇
  • Antibodies having VH and VL sequences disclosed herein may be used to create new variant antibodies by modifying the VH and/or VL sequences, or the constant region(s) attached thereto.
  • the structural features of an variant antibody of the invention are used to create structurally related variant antibodies that retain at least one functional property of the antibodies of the invention, such as binding to KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 .
  • one or more CDR regions of one anti-KIR2DLl , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 variant antibody or mutations thereof may be combined recombinantly with known framework regions and/or other CDRs to create additional, recombinantly-engineered, anti- TR2DLl, IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies (e.g., antibodies which bind the KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and/or KIR2DL3) of the invention, as discussed herein.
  • the starting material for the engineering method may be one or more of the VH and/or VK sequences provided herein, or one or more CDR regions thereof.
  • the engineered antibody it is not necessary to actually prepare (i.e., express as a protein) an antibody having one or more of the VH and/or VK sequences provided herein, or one or more CDR regions thereof. Rather, the information contained in the sequence(s) is used as the starting material to create a "second generation" sequence(s) derived from the original sequence(s) and then the "second generation" sequence(s) is prepared and expressed as a protein. Standard molecular biology techniques may be used to prepare and express altered antibody sequence.
  • the antibody encoded by the altered antibody sequence(s) may retain one, some or all of the functional properties of the anti-KIR2DLl , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3antibodies produced by methods and with sequences provided herein, which functional properties include binding to variant KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 or variant KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 conjugate with a specific KD level or less and/or modulating immune cell activity, and/or selectively binding to desired target cells such as, for example, colorectal carcinoma, lung cancer, prostate cancer, pancreas cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer, and liver cancer.
  • the functional properties of the altered antibodies may be assessed using standard assays available in the art and/or described herein.
  • Mutations may be introduced randomly or selectively along all or part of an anti-KTR2DLl , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibody coding sequence and the resulting modified anti-KrR2DLl , KIR2DL2, and KJ 2DL3 antibodies may be screened for binding activity and/or other desired functional properties. See WO 201 1/120013.
  • nucleic acid molecules that encode the antibodies of the invention which bind the KTR2DL1 , KJR2DL2, and KIR2DL3.
  • the nucleic acids may be present in whole cells, in a cell lysate, or in a partially purified or substantially pure form.
  • a nucleic acid may be isolated by purification away from other cellular components or other contaminants (e.g., other cellular nucleic acids or proteins) by standard techniques, including alkaline/SDS treatment, CsCl banding, column chromatography, agarose gel electrophoresis and others well known in the art. See Ausubel, et al. (201 1) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  • a nucleic acid of the invention may be, for example, DNA or RNA and may or may not contain intronic sequences.
  • the nucleic acid may be a cDNA molecule.
  • Nucleic acids of the invention may be obtained using standard molecular biology
  • hybridomas e.g., hybridomas prepared from transgenic mice carrying human immunoglobulin genes as described further below
  • cDNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of the antibody made by the hybridoma may be obtained by standard PCR amplification or cDNA cloning techniques.
  • nucleic acid encoding the antibody may be recovered from the library.
  • degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating, e.g., sequences in which the third position of one or more selected codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues. Batzer, et al. ( 1991) Nucleic Acid Res. 19: 5081 ; Ohtsuka, et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260: 2605-08; Rossolini, et al. (1994) Mol. Cell. Probes 8: 91-98.
  • VH and VL segments are obtained, these DNA fragments may be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes or to a scFv gene. In these manipulations, a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VH region may be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the VH-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CHI , CH2 and CH3).
  • CHI heavy chain constant regions
  • the sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (See, e.g., Kabat, et al. ( 1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, ⁇ Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions may be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
  • the heavy chain constant region may be an IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM, or IgD constant region, but most preferably is an IgGl or IgG4 constant region.
  • the VH-encoding DNA may be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CHI constant region.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VL region may be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL.
  • the sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (See, e.g., Kabat, et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of
  • the light chain constant region may be a kappa or lambda constant region, but most preferably is a kappa constant region.
  • the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4-Ser) 3 , such that the VH and VL sequences may be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker.
  • a flexible linker e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4-Ser) 3
  • the VH and VL sequences may be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker.
  • the present invention also provides methods for producing antibodies and fragments thereof.
  • Methods of producing antibodies are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • methods of producing chimeric antibodies are now well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison, et al. (1984) PNAS USA 81 : 8651-55; Neuberger, et al. (1985) Nature 314: 268-270; Boulianne, et al. (1984) Nature 312: 643 ⁇ 16.
  • antibodies or antigen binding fragments may be produced by genetic engineering.
  • antibody-producing cells are sensitized to the desired antigen or immunogen.
  • the messenger RNA isolated from antibody producing cells is used as a template to make cDNA using PCR amplification.
  • a library of vectors, each containing one heavy chain gene and one light chain gene retaining the initial antigen specificity, is produced by insertion of appropriate sections of the amplified immunoglobulin cDNA into the expression vectors.
  • a combinatorial library is constructed by combining the heavy chain gene library with the light chain gene library. This results in a library of clones which co-express a heavy and light chain (resembling the Fab fragment or antigen binding fragment of an antibody molecule).
  • the vectors that carry these genes are co-transfected into a host cell. When antibody gene synthesis is induced in the transfected host, the heavy and light chain proteins self-assemble to produce active antibodies that may be detected by screening with the antigen or immunogen.
  • Antibodies, and fragments thereof, of the invention may also be produced by constructing, using conventional techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, an expression vector containing an operon and a DNA sequence encoding an antibody heavy chain in which the DNA sequence encoding the CDRs required for antibody specificity is derived from a non-human cell source, while the DNA sequence encoding the remaining parts of the antibody chain is derived from a human cell source.
  • the invention relates to vectors, especially plasmids, cosmids, viruses, bacteriophages and other vectors common in genetic engineering, which contain the above- mentioned nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid molecules contained in the vectors may be linked to regulatory elements that ensure the transcription in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
  • Vectors contain elements that facilitate manipulation for the expression of a foreign protein within the target host cell.
  • manipulation of sequences and production of DNA for transformation is first performed in a bacterial host (e.g., E. coli) and usually vectors will include sequences to facilitate such manipulations, including a bacterial origin of replication and appropriate bacterial selection marker.
  • Selection markers encode proteins necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not survive in the culture medium.
  • Typical selection genes encode proteins that confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or supply critical nutrients not available from complex media. Exemplary vectors and methods for transformation of yeast are described in the art. See, e.g., Burke, et al. (2000) Methods in Yeast Genetics Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
  • the polypeptide coding sequence of interest may be operably linked to transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences that provide for expression of the polypeptide in yeast cells.
  • These vector components may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Sequences for the secretion of the polypeptide may also be included (e.g., a signal sequence).
  • Nucleic acids are "operably linked" when placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
  • DNA for a signal sequence is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence.
  • "operably linked” refers broadly to contiguous linked DNA sequences, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading frame. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous.
  • Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5') to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of particular nucleic acid sequences to which they are operably linked. Such promoters fall into several classes: inducible, constitutive, and repressible promoters ⁇ e.g., that increase levels of transcription in response to absence of a repressor). Inducible promoters may initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions (e.g., the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature.)
  • a second expression vector may be produced using the same conventional means well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, said expression vector containing an operon and a DNA sequence encoding an antibody light chain in which the DNA sequence encoding the CDRs required for antibody specificity is derived from a non-human cell source, preferably a rabbit B-cell source, while the DNA sequence encoding the remaining parts of the antibody chain is derived from a human cell source.
  • the expression vectors are transfected into a host cell by convention techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art to produce a transfected host cell, said transfected host cell cultured by conventional techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art to produce said antibody polypeptides.
  • the host cell may be co-transfected with the two expression vectors described above, the First expression vector containing DNA encoding an operon and a light chain-derived polypeptide and the second vector containing DNA encoding an operon and a heavy chain-derived polypeptide.
  • the two vectors contain different selectable markers, but preferably achieve substantially equal expression of the heavy and light chain polypeptides.
  • a single vector may be used, the vector including DNA encoding both the heavy and light chain polypeptides.
  • the coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise cDNA, genomic DNA, or both.
  • the host cells used to express the antibodies, and fragments thereof may be either a bacterial cell such as E. coli, or a eukaryotic cell.
  • a mammalian cell of a well-defined type for this purpose such as a myeloma cell, a Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), a NSO, or a HEK293 cell line may be used.
  • the general methods by which the vectors may be constructed, transfection methods required to produce the host cell and culturing methods required to produce the antibodies, and fragments thereof, from said host cells all include conventional techniques.
  • the cell line used to produce the antibody is a mammalian cell line, any other suitable cell line, such as a bacterial cell line such as an E. co/Z-derived bacterial strain, or a yeast cell line, may be used.
  • the antibodies may be purified according to standard procedures in the art, such as for example cross-flow filtration, ammonium sulphate precipitation, and affinity column chromatography.
  • KIR2DL3 may be human monoclonal antibodies. Such human monoclonal antibodies directed against a KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 may be generated using transgenic or
  • transchromosomic mice carrying parts of the human immune system rather than the mouse system.
  • These transgenic and transchromosomic mice include mice referred to herein as the HuMAb Mouse® and KM Mouse® respectively, and are collectively referred to herein as "human Ig mice.”
  • the HuMAb Mouse® (Medarex. Inc.) contains human immunoglobulin gene miniloci that encode unrearranged human heavy ( ⁇ and ⁇ ) and ⁇ light chain immunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous ⁇ and ⁇ chain loci. See, e.g., Lonberg, et al. ( 1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859.
  • mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or ⁇ , and in response to immunization, the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgGK monoclonal.
  • Lonberg 1994) Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 1 13: 49-101 ; Lonberg and Huszar ( 1995) Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13: 65-93, and Harding and Lonberg (1995) Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 764: 536-546.
  • the preparation and use of the HuMab Mouse®, and the genomic modifications carried by such mice, is further described in Taylor, et al. (1992) Nucleic Acids Research 20: 6287-6295; Chen, et al.
  • Human anti-KXR2DL 1 , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies ⁇ e.g., antibodies which selectively bind KJR2DL1, KIR2DL2, or KIR2DL3) of the invention may be raised using a mouse that carries human immunoglobulin sequences on transgenes and transchromosomes, such as a mouse that carries a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transchromosome.
  • Such mice referred to herein as "KM mice®", are described in detail in WO 02/43478.
  • transgenic animal systems expressing human immunoglobulin genes are available in the art and may be used to raise anti-KIR2DLl, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies of the invention.
  • an alternative transgenic system referred to as the Xenomouse (Abgenix, Inc.) may be used; such mice are described in, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,939,598; 6,075, 181 ; 6, 1 14,598; 6, 150,584 and 6, 162,963.
  • mice carrying both a human heavy chain transchromosome and a human light chain transchromosome referred to as "TC mice” may be used. See Tomizuka, et al. (2000) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97: 722-727. Furthermore, cows carrying human heavy and light chain transchromosomes have been described in the art (Kuroiwa, et al. (2002) Nature
  • Biotechnology 20: 889-894) may be used to raise anti-KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and/or KIR2DL3 antibodies of the invention.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention may also be prepared using phage display methods for screening libraries of human immunoglobulin genes. Such phage display methods for isolating human antibodies are established in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,223,409; 5,403,484; 5,571,698; 5,427,908 5,580,717; 5,969, 108; 6,172, 197; 5,885,793; 6,521,404; 6,544,731; 6,555,313; 6,582,915 and 6,593,081.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention may also be prepared using SCID mice into which human immune cells have been reconstituted such that a human antibody response may be generated upon immunization. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,476,996 and 5,698,767.
  • SCID mice into which human immune cells have been reconstituted such that a human antibody response may be generated upon immunization. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,476,996 and 5,698,767.
  • human Ig mice When human Ig mice are used to raise human antibodies of the invention, such mice may be immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of KIR2DL1 , KIR2DL2, and IR2DL3 polypeptide, as described by Lonberg, et al. (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859; Fishwild, et al.
  • mice will be 6-16 weeks of age upon the first infusion.
  • a purified or recombinant preparation (5-50 g) of KIR2DL1 , IR2DL2, and IR2DL3 may be used to immunize the human Ig mice intraperitoneally.
  • the plasma may be screened by ELISA (as described below), and mice with sufficient titers of anti-KIR2DLl , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 human immunoglobulin may be used for fusions. Mice may be boosted intravenously with antigen 3 days before sacrifice and removal of the spleen. It is expected that 2-3 fusions for each immunization may need to be performed. Between 6 and 24 mice are typically immunized for each antigen. Usually both HCo7 and HCol 2 strains are used. In addition, both HCo7 and HCol2 transgene may be bred together into a single mouse having two different human heavy chain transgenes (HCo7/HCo l 2). Alternatively or additionally, the KM Mouse® strain may be used.
  • splenocytes and/or lymph node cells from immunized mice may be isolated and fused to an appropriate immortalized cell line, such as a mouse myeloma cell line.
  • an appropriate immortalized cell line such as a mouse myeloma cell line.
  • the resulting hybridomas may be screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies.
  • single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice may be fused to one-sixth the number of P3X63-Ag8.653 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1580) with 50% PEG.
  • Cells may be plated at approximately 2 X 10 "5 in flat bottom microtiter plate, followed by a two week incubation in selective medium containing 20% fetal Clone Serum, 18% "653" conditioned media, 5% origen (IGEN), 4 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5 mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 50 units/ml penicillin, 50 mg/ml streptomycin, 50 mg/m! gentamycin and IX HAT (Sigma; the HAT is added 24 hours after the fusion). After approximately two weeks, cells may be cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT.
  • selective medium containing 20% fetal Clone Serum, 18% "653" conditioned media, 5% origen (IGEN), 4 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5 mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 50 units/m
  • Individual wells may then be screened by ELISA for human monoclonal IgM and IgG antibodies. Once extensive hybridoma growth occurs, medium may be observed usually after 10-14 days.
  • the antibody secreting hybridomas may be replated, screened again, and if still positive for human IgG, the monoclonal antibodies may be subcloned at least twice by limiting dilution.
  • the stable subclones may then be cultured in vitro to generate small amounts of antibody in tissue culture medium for characterization.
  • selected hybridomas may be grown in two-liter spinner-flasks for monoclonal antibody purification.
  • Supernatants may be filtered and concentrated before affinity chromatography with protein A-Sepharose (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.)
  • Eluted IgG may be checked by gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid chromatography to ensure purity.
  • the buffer solution may be exchanged into PBS, and the concentration may be determined by OD280 using 1.43 extinction coefficient.
  • the monoclonal antibodies may be aliquoted and stored at -80°C. LABELS
  • the antigens, antibodies and fragments thereof described herein may be modified post- translationally to add effector moieties such as chemical linkers, detectable moieties such as for example fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, chemiluminescent moieties, a cytotoxic agent, radioactive materials, or functional moieties.
  • effector moieties such as chemical linkers, detectable moieties such as for example fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, chemiluminescent moieties, a cytotoxic agent, radioactive materials, or functional moieties.
  • Ligands may include naturally occurring molecules, or recombinant or synthetic molecules.
  • exemplary ligands include, but are not limited to, avadin, biotin, peptides, peptidomimetics, polylysine (PLL), polyethylene glycol (PEG), mPEG, cationic groups, spermine, spermidine, polyamine, thyrotropin, melanotropin, lectin, glycoprotein, surfactant protein A, mucin, glycosylated polyaminbacids, transferrin, aptamer, immunoglobulins (e.g., antibodies), insulin, transferrin, albumin, sugar, lipophilic molecules (e.g., steroids, bile acids, cholesterol, cholic acid, and fatty acids), vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin K, vitamin B, folic acid, B 12,
  • moieties may be added to the antigen or epitope to increase half-life in vivo (e.g., by lengthening the time to clearance from the blood stream.
  • Such techniques include, for example, adding PEG moieties (also termed pegilation), and are well-known in the art. See U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0031671.
  • an antigen, antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, described herein may be any antigen, antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, described herein.
  • attachment to a substrate when it is associated with the solid label through a non-random chemical or physical interaction.
  • the attachment may be through a covalent bond.
  • attachments need not be covalent or permanent.
  • Materials may be attached to a label through a "spacer molecule" or "linker group.”
  • spacer molecules are molecules that have a first portion that attaches to the biological material and a second portion that attaches to the label.
  • the spacer molecule separates the label and the biological materials, but is attached to both.
  • Methods of attaching biological material (e.g. , label) to a label are well known in the art, and include but are not limited to chemical coupling.
  • the anti-KIR2DL l , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be modified post-translationally to add effector labels such as chemical linkers, detectable labels such as for example fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, and chemiluminescent labels, or functional labels such as for example streptavidin, avidin, biotin, a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent, and radioactive materials.
  • effector labels such as chemical linkers, detectable labels such as for example fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, and chemiluminescent labels, or functional labels such as for example streptavidin, avidin, biotin, a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent, and radioactive materials.
  • effector labels such as chemical linkers, detectable labels such as for example fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, and chemiluminescent labels, or
  • fluorescent materials include, but are not limited to, rhodamine, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, umbelliferone, dichlorotriazinylamine, phycoerythrin and dansyl chloride.
  • chemiluminescent labels include, but are not limited to, luminol.
  • bioluminescent materials include, but are not limited to, luciferin, luciferase, and aequorin.
  • radioactive materials include, but are not limited to, bismuth-213 ( 213 Bs), carbon- 14 ( l4 C), carbon- 1 1 ( n C), chlorine-18 (CI 18 ), chromium-5 l ( 5l Cr), cobalt-57 ( 57 Co), cobalt-60 ("Co), copper-64 ( M C ), copper-67 ( 67 Cu), dysprosium-165 ( 165 Dy), erbium- 169 ( ,69 Er), fluorine- 18 ( l8 F), gallium-67 ( 67 Ga), gallium-68 ( 68 Ga), germanium-68 ( 68 Ge), holmium- 166 ( l66 Ho), indium- 1 1 1 (“ 'in), iodine- 125 ( l25 I), iodine- 123 ( 124 I), iodine- 124 ( 124 I), iodine- 131 ( l 3, I), iridium- 192 ( 192 Ir), iron-59 ( 59 Fe
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be conjugated to cytotoxic agents including, but are not limited to, methotrexate, aminopterin, 6- mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine; alkylating agents such as mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU), mitomycin C, lomustine (CCNU), 1 -methylnitrosourea, cyclothosphamide, mechlorethamine, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, cis-dichlorodiamine platinum ( ⁇ ) (DDP) cisplatin and carboplatin (paraplatin); anthracyclines include daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin), doxorubicin (adri
  • cytotoxic agents include paclitaxel (TAXOL ® ), ricin, pseudomonas exotoxin, gemcitabine, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, etoposide, tenoposide, colchicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, 1- dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, procarbazine, hydroxyurea, asparaginase, corticosteroids, mytotane (0,P'-(DDD)), interferons, and mixtures of these cytotoxic agents.
  • TAXOL ® paclitaxel
  • ricin pseudomonas exotoxin
  • gemcitabine cytochalasin B
  • gramicidin D ethidium bromide
  • emetine emetine
  • etoposide
  • cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, chemotherapeutic agents such as carboplatin, cisplatin, paclitaxel, gemcitabine, calicheamicin, doxorubicin, 5-fluorouracil, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, cyclophosphamide, vincristine, bleomycin, VEGF antagonists, EGFR antagonists, platins, taxols, irinotecan, 5-fluorouracil, gemcytabine, leucovorine, steroids, cyclophosphamide, melphalan, vinca alkaloids (e.g., vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine and vinorelbine), mustines, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, radiotherapy, sex hormone antagonists, selective androgen receptor modulators, selective estrogen receptor modulators, PDGF antagonists, TNF antagonists, IL-1 antagonists, interleukins (e.g.
  • Toxic enzymes from plants and bacteria such as ricin, diphtheria toxin and Pseudomonas toxin may be conjugated to the humanized antibodies, or binding fragments thereof, to generate cell- type-specific-killing reagents.
  • Other cytotoxic agents include cytotoxic ribonucl eases. See U.S. Patent No. 6,653, 104.
  • the anti-KTR2DL 1 , KTR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be conjugated to a radionuclide that emits alpha or beta particles (e.g., radioimmunoconjuagtes).
  • radioactive isotopes include but are not limited to beta-emitters such as phosphorus-32 ( 32 P), scandium-47 ( 47 Sc), copper-67 ( 67 Cu), gallium-67 ( 67 Ga), yttriUm-88 ( 88 Y), yttrium-90 ( ⁇ Y), iodine- 125 ( 125 I), iodine- 131 ( 13I I), samarium-153 ( 15 Sm), lutetium- 177 ( 177 Lu), rhenium- 186 ( l85 Re), rhenium- 188 ( l88 Re), and alpha-emitters such as astatine-21 1 ( 2l l At), lead-212 ( 2l2 Pb), bismuth-212 ( 212 Bi), bismuth-213 ( l 3 Bi) or actinium-225 ( 25 Ac).
  • beta-emitters such as phosphorus-32 ( 32 P), scandium-47 ( 47 Sc), copper-67 ( 67 Cu), gallium-67
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , KTR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be attached to a substrate.
  • a number of substrates e.g. , solid supports
  • the substrate may be modified to contain channels or other configurations. See Fung (2004) [Ed.] Protein Arrays: Methods and Protocols Humana Press and Kambhampati (2004) [Ed.] Protein Microarray Technology John Wiley & Sons.
  • Substrate materials include, but are not limited to acrylics, agarose, borosilicate glass, carbon (e.g., carbon nanofiber sheets or pellets), cellulose acetate, cellulose, ceramics, gels, glass (e.g.
  • inorganic, controlled-pore, modified, soda-lime, or functionalized glass latex, magnetic beads, membranes, metal, metalloids, nitrocellulose, NYLON ® , optical fiber bundles, organic polymers, paper, plastics, polyacryloylmorpholide, poly(4-methylbutene), poly(ethylene terephthalate), poly(vinyl butyrate), polyacrylamide, polybutylene, polycarbonate, polyethylene, polyethyleneglycol terephthalate, polyformaldehyde, polymethacrylate, polymethylmethacrylate, polypropylene, polysaccharides, polystyrene, polyurethanes, polyvinylacetate, polyvinylchloride, polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF), polyvinylpyrrolidinone, rayon, resins, rubbers, semiconductor materials, sepharose ® , silica, silicon, styrene copolymers, TEFLON ® , and variety of
  • Substrates need not be flat and can include any type of shape including spherical shapes (e.g. , beads) or cylindrical shapes (e.g., fibers). Materials attached to solid supports may be attached to any portion of the solid support (e.g., may be attached to an interior portion of a porous solid support material).
  • the substrate body may be in the form of a bead, box, column, cylinder, disc, dish (e.g., glass dish, PETRI dish), fiber, film, filter, microtiter plate (e.g. , 96-well microtiter plate), multi-bladed stick, net, pellet, plate, ring, rod, roll, sheet, slide, stick, tray, tube, or vial.
  • the substrate may be a singular discrete body (e.g.
  • a single tube, a single bead any number of a plurality of substrate bodies (e.g., a rack of 10 tubes, several beads), or combinations thereof (e.g., a tray comprises a plurality of microtiter plates, a column filled with beads, a microtiter plate filed with beads).
  • An anti-KIR2DL 1 , KXR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibody may be "attached" to a substrate when it is associated with the solid substrate through a non-random chemical or physical interaction.
  • the attachment may be through a covalent bond.
  • attachments need not be covalent or permanent.
  • Materials may be attached to a substrate through a "spacer molecule" or "linker group.”
  • spacer molecules are molecules that have a first portion that attaches to the biological material and a second portion that attaches to the substrate. Thus, when attached to the substrate, the spacer molecule separates the substrate and the biological materials, but is attached to both.
  • Microtiter plates which support and contain the solid-phase for solid-phase synthetic reactions may be used.
  • Microtiter plates may house beads that are used as the solid-phase.
  • particle or “microparticle” or “nanoparticle” or “bead” or “microbead” or “microsphere” herein is meant microparticulate matter having any of a variety of shapes or sizes. The shape may be generally spherical but need not be spherical, being, for example, cylindrical or polyhedral.
  • the particles may comprise a wide variety of materials depending on their use, including, but not limited to, cross-linked starch, dextrans, cellulose, proteins, organic polymers including styrene polymers such as polystyrene and methylstyrene as well as other styrene co-polymers, plastics, glass, ceramics, acrylic polymers, magnetically responsive materials, colloids, thoriasol, carbon graphite, titanium dioxide, nylon, latex, and TEFLON ® . See e.g., "Microsphere Detection Guide” from Bangs Laboratories, Fishers, ⁇ .
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be attached to on any of the forms of substrates described herein ⁇ e.g. , bead, box, column, cylinder, disc, dish ⁇ e.g., glass dish, PETRI dish), fiber, film, filter, microtiter plate ⁇ e.g., 96-well microtiter plate), multi- bladed stick, net, pellet, plate, ring, rod, roll, sheet, slide, stick, tray, tube, or vial).
  • particles or beads may be a component of a gelling material or may be separate components such as latex beads made of a variety of synthetic plastics ⁇ e.g., polystyrene).
  • the label ⁇ e.g. , streptavidin) may be bound to a substrate ⁇ e.g. , bead).
  • a "pharmaceutical composition” refers to a chemical or biological composition suitable for administration to a mammal. Such compositions may be specifically formulated for administration via one or more of a number of routes, including but not limited to buccal, epicutaneous, epidural, inhalation, intraarterial, intracardiac intracerebroventricular, intradermal, intramuscular, intranasal, intraocular, intraperitoneal, intraspinal, intrathecal, intravenous, oral, parenteral, rectally via an enema or suppository, subcutaneous, subdermal, sublingual, transdermal, and transmucosal. In addition, administration may occur by means of injection, powder, liquid, gel, drops, or other means of administration.
  • a "pharmaceutical excipient” or a “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” is a carrier, usually a liquid, in which an active therapeutic agent is formulated.
  • the active therapeutic agent is a humanized antibody described herein, or one or more fragments thereof.
  • the excipient generally does not provide any pharmacological activity to the formulation, though it may provide chemical and/or biological stability, and release characteristics. Exemplary formulations may be found, for example, in Grennaro (2005) [Ed.] Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy [21 st Ed.] [0466] Pharmaceutical compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The invention contemplates that the pharmaceutical composition is present in lyophilized form.
  • the composition may be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration.
  • the carrier may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the invention further contemplates the inclusion of a stabilizer in the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the anti-KJR2DLl , KTR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions of various dosage forms.
  • at least one KIR2DL 1 , KTR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 as the active ingredient may be intimately mixed with appropriate carriers and additives according to techniques well known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical formulations. See Grennaro (2005) [Ed.] Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy [21 st Ed.]
  • the antibodies described herein may be formulated in phosphate buffered saline pH 7.2 and supplied as a 5.0 mg/mL clear colorless liquid solution.
  • compositions for liquid preparations include solutions, emulsions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs, with suitable carriers and additives including but not limited to water, alcohols, oils, glycols, preservatives, flavoring agents, coloring agents, and suspending agents.
  • Typical preparations for parenteral administration comprise the active ingredient with a carrier such as sterile water or parenterally acceptable oil including but not limited to polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, lecithin, arachis oil or sesame oil, with other additives for aiding solubility or preservation may also be included.
  • a carrier such as sterile water or parenterally acceptable oil including but not limited to polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, lecithin, arachis oil or sesame oil, with other additives for aiding solubility or preservation may also be included.
  • a carrier such as sterile water or parenterally acceptable oil including but not limited to polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, lecithin, arachis oil or sesame oil, with other additives for aiding solubility or preservation may also be included.
  • a solution it may be lyophilized to a powder and then reconstituted immediately prior to use.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and TR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be administered by a variety of dosage forms. Any biologically- acceptable dosage form known to persons of ordinary skill in the art, and combinations thereof, are contemplated.
  • dosage forms include, without limitation, reconstitutable powders, elixirs, liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, powders, granules, particles, microparticles, dispersible granules, cachets, inhalants, aerosol inhalants, patches, particle inhalants, implants, depot implants, injectables (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, and intradermal), infusions, and combinations thereof.
  • isotonic agents e.g., sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, e.g., monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • the compounds described herein may be formulated in a time release formulation, e.g. in a composition that includes a slow release polymer.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl, KIR2DL2, and KIR2DL3 antibodies described herein may be prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers may be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen,
  • polyorthoesters polylactic acid and polylactic, polyglycolic copolymers (PLG). Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • compositions may additionally comprise a desired antigen, e.g., a tumor antigen or another immune modulatory compounds such as Toll like receptor agonists, type 1 interferon such as alpha and beta interferons and CD40 agonists such as agonistic CD40 antibodies and antibody fragments, preferably anti-human CD40 agonistic antibodies and antibody fragments or other immune enhancers or suppressors such as PD-L1 , PD-L2, CTLA4 fusion proteins and antibodies specific thereto.
  • a desired antigen e.g., a tumor antigen or another immune modulatory compounds such as Toll like receptor agonists, type 1 interferon such as alpha and beta interferons and CD40 agonists such as agonistic CD40 antibodies and antibody fragments, preferably anti-human CD40 agonistic antibodies and antibody fragments or other immune enhancers or suppressors such as PD-L1 , PD-L2, CTLA4 fusion proteins and antibodies specific thereto.
  • compositions comprising The anti-KIR2DLl, KIR2DL2, and KJR2DL3 antibodies described herein may further comprise an antigen or other immune agonist.
  • the antigen may be administered in an amount that, in combination with the other components of the combination, is effective to generate an immune response against the antigen.
  • the antigen may be administered in an amount from about 100 ⁇ g kg to about 100 mg/kg.
  • the antigen may be administered in an amount from about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
  • the antigen may be administered in an amount from about 1 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • the particular amount of antigen that constitutes an amount effective to generate an immune response depends to some extent upon certain factors such as, for example, the particular antigen being administered; the particular agonist being administered and the amount thereof; the particular agonist being administered and the amount thereof; the state of the immune system; the method and order of administration of the agonist and the antigen; the species to which the formulation is being administered; and the desired therapeutic result. Accordingly, it is not practical to set forth generally the amount that constitutes an effective amount of the antigen. Those of ordinary skill in the art, however, can readily determine the appropriate amount with due consideration of such factors.
  • An Anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be combined with one or more carriers
  • Anti- IR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies may be, for example, admixed with lactose, sucrose, powders (e.g., starch powder), cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, stearic acid, talc, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, acacia, gelatin, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidine, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and optionally further tabletted or encapsulated for conventional administration.
  • lactose sucrose
  • powders e.g., starch powder
  • cellulose esters of alkanoic acids stearic acid, talc, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, acacia, gelatin, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidine, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and optionally further tabletted or encapsulated for conventional administration.
  • an Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody may be dissolved in saline, water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose colloidal solutions, ethanol, corn oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers.
  • Other carriers, adjuvants, and modes of administration are well known in the pharmaceutical arts.
  • a carrier or diluent may include time delay material, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other functionally similar materials.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers generally include any and all suitable solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible with an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, as well as combinations of any thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in such a composition.
  • compositions such as wetting agents or minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which desirably can enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the Anti-KIR antibody, related composition, or combination.
  • Suitability for carriers and other components of pharmaceutical compositions is determined based on the lack of significant negative impact on the desired biological properties of the antibody.
  • Anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody compositions, related compositions, and combinations according to the invention may be in a variety of suitable forms.
  • suitable forms include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, emulsions, microemulsions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes, dendrimers and other nanoparticles (See, e.g., Baek et ai, Methods Enzymol. 2003;362:240-9;
  • compositions in the form of injectable or infusible solutions such as
  • compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies are used for delivery of anti- IR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies of the invention.
  • a typical mode for delivery of anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody compositions is by parenteral administration (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, and/or intramuscular administration).
  • an anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered to a human patient by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • a composition for pharmaceutical use also can include various diluents, fillers, salts, buffers, detergents ⁇ e.g., a nonionic detergent, such as Tween-80), stabilizers (e.g., sugars or protein- free amino acids), preservatives, tissue fixatives, solubilizers, and/or other materials suitable for inclusion in a composition for pharmaceutical use.
  • suitable components also are described in, e.g., Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 6661 ), 1-19 ( 1977); Wang and Hanson, J. Parenteral. Sci. Tech: 42, S4-S6 (1988);U.S. Patent Nos. 6, 165,779 and 6,225,289.
  • Such a pharmaceutical composition also can include preservatives, antioxidants, or other additives known to those of skill in the art. Additional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are known in the art. See, e.g., references in WO 2006/072625.
  • compositions described herein may be administered in any of the following routes: buccal, epicutaneous, epidural, infusion, inhalation, intraarterial, intracardiac intracerebroventricular, intradermal, intramuscular, intranasal, intraocular, intraperitoneal, intraspinal, intrathecal, intravenous, oral, parenteral, pulmonary, rectally via an enema or suppository, subcutaneous, subdermal, sublingual, transdermal, and transmucosal.
  • routes of administration are intravenous injection or infusion.
  • the administration can be local, where the composition is administered directly, close to, in the locality, near, at, about, or in the vicinity of, the site(s) of disease, e.g., localized, or systemic, wherein the composition is given to the patient and passes through the body widely, thereby reaching the site(s) of disease.
  • Local administration e.g., injection
  • Administration may be accomplished by administration to the cell, tissue, organ, and/or organ system, which encompasses and/or is affected by the disease, and/or where the disease signs and/or symptoms are active or are likely to occur (e.g., tumor site).
  • Administration can be topical with a local effect, composition is applied directly where its action is desired (e.g., site of inflammation or pain).
  • the compounds can be administered by a variety of dosage forms as known in the art. Any biologically-acceptable dosage form known to persons of ordinary skill in the art, and combinations thereof, are contemplated. Examples of such dosage forms include, without limitation, chewable tablets, quick dissolve tablets, effervescent tablets, reconstitutable powders, elixirs, liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, tablets, multi-layer tablets, bi-layer tablets, capsules, soft gelatin capsules, hard gelatin capsules, caplets, lozenges, chewable lozenges, beads, powders, gum, granules, particles, microparticles, dispersible granules, cachets, douches, suppositories, creams, topicals, inhalants, aerosol inhalants, patches, particle inhalants, implants, depot implants, ingestibles, injectables (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, and intradermal), infusions,
  • Other compounds which can be included by admixture are, for example, medically inert ingredients (e.g. , solid and liquid diluent), such as lactose, dextrosesaccharose, cellulose, starch or calcium phosphate for tablets or capsules, olive oil or ethyl oleate for soft capsules and water or vegetable oil for suspensions or emulsions; lubricating agents such as silica, talc, stearic acid, magnesium or calcium stearate and/or polyethylene glycols; gelling agents such as colloidal clays; thickening agents such as gum tragacanth or sodium alginate, binding agents such as starches, arabic gums, gelatin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinylpyrrolidone; disintegrating agents such as starch, alginic acid, alginates or sodium starch glycolate; effervescing mixtures; dyestuff; sweeteners; wetting agents such as lecithin
  • Liquid dispersions for oral administration can be syrups, emulsions, solutions, or suspensions.
  • the syrups can contain as a carrier, for example, saccharose or saccharose with glycerol and/or mannitol and/or sorbitol.
  • the suspensions and the emulsions can contain a carrier, for example a natural gum, agar, sodium alginate, pectin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, or polyvinyl alcohol.
  • kits including one or more containers comprising pharmaceutical dosage units comprising an effective amount of one or more antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention.
  • Kits may include instructions, directions, labels, marketing information, warnings, or information pamphlets.
  • the amount of the anti-KI 2DL 1 , KIR2DL2, and KTR2DL3 antibodies described herein in a therapeutic composition according to any embodiments of this invention may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, gender, weight, patient history, risk factors, predisposition to disease, administration route, pre-existing treatment regime (e.g., possible interactions with other medications), and weight of the individual. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time, or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of therapeutic situation.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of antibodies, and fragments thereof, calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the antibodies, and fragments thereof, and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an antibodies, and fragments thereof, for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
  • the antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may be administered in an effective amount.
  • the dosages as suitable for this invention may be a composition, a pharmaceutical composition or any other compositions described herein.
  • the dosage may be administered as a single dose, a double dose, a triple dose, a quadruple dose, and/or a quintuple dose.
  • the dosages may be administered singularly, simultaneously, and sequentially.
  • the dosage form may be any form of release known to persons of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be formulated to provide immediate release of the active ingredient or sustained or controlled release of the active ingredient. In a sustained release or controlled release preparation, release of the active ingredient may occur at a rate such that blood levels are maintained within a therapeutic range but below toxic levels over an extended period of time (e.g., 4 to 24 hours).
  • the preferred dosage forms include immediate release, extended release, pulse release, variable release, controlled release, timed release, sustained release, delayed release, long acting, and combinations thereof, and are known in the art.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • an effective dosage ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.
  • a subject is treated with antibody, protein, or polypeptide in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks.
  • the effective dosage of antibody, protein, or polypeptide used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result and become apparent from the results of diagnostic assays as described herein.
  • compositions comprising an anti-KTR2DLl , IR2DL2, and KIR2DL3, antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be incorporated or encapsulated in a suitable polymer matrix or membrane for site-specific delivery, or may be functionalized with specific targeting agents capable of effecting site specific delivery.
  • these techniques, as well as other drug delivery techniques are well known in the art. Determination of optimal dosages for a particular situation is within the capabilities of those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Grennaro (2005) [Ed.] Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy [21 s1 Ed.]
  • the invention provides therapeutic methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder in individuals having or susceptible to an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, wherein the treatment involves anti- IR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody compositions, and/or related compositions.
  • KIR2DL2 inflammatory bowel disease
  • the KIR2DL1 , 2 and or 3 antibodies described herein may be used in compositions, uses, and methods for the treatment of T cell mediated inflammatory and autoimmune disorders such as of systemic lupus erythematosus, Wegener's granulomatosis, autoimmune hepatitis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, uveitis, Type 1 diabetes mellitus, myocarditis, rheumatic fever, ankylosing spondylitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, or psoriasis.
  • T cell mediated inflammatory and autoimmune disorders such as of systemic lupus erythematosus, Wegener's granulomatosis, autoimmune hepatitis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, uveitis, Type 1 diabetes mellitus, myocardit
  • the KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibodies described herein may be used in compositions, uses, and methods for the treatment of autoimmune diseases or disorders.
  • autoimmune diseases or disorders include, but are not limited to acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), acquired spenic atrophy, acute anterior uveitis, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM), acute gouty arthritis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, acute or chronic sinusitis, acute purulent meningitis (or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders), acute serious inflammation, Addison's disease, adrenalitis, adult onset diabetes mellirus (Type ⁇ diabetes), adult- onset idiopathic hypoparathyroidism (AOIH), Agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, vasculitides, including vasculitis (including large vessel vasculitis (including polymyalgia rheumatica and giant cell (Takayasu'
  • autoimmune hepatological disorder autoimmune hyperlipidemia, autoimmune immunodeficiency, autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune neutropenia, autoimmune pancreatitis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathies, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome type I, autoimmune retinopathy, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura (ATP), autoimmune thyroid disease, autoimmune urticaria, autoimmune-mediated gastrointestinal diseases, Axonal & neuronal neuropathies, Balo disease, Behcet's disease, benign familial and ischemia- reperfusion injury, benign lymphocytic angiitis, Berger's disease (IgA nephropathy), bird-fancier's lung, blindness, Boeck's disease, bronchiolitis obliterans (non-transplant) vs NSIP, bronchitis, bronchopneumonic aspergillosis, Bruton'
  • myocarditis myocarditis, CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud's phenomenon), Crohn's disease,
  • cryoglobulinemia Cushing's syndrome, cyclitis (e.g., chronic cyclitis, heterochronic cyclitis, iridocyclitis, or Fuch's cyclitis), cystic fibrosis, cytokine-induced toxicity, deafness, degenerative arthritis, demyelinating diseases (e.g., autoimmune demyelinating diseases), demyelinating neuropathies, dengue, dermatitis herpetiformis and atopic dermatitis, dermatitis including contact dermatitis, dermatomyositis, dermatoses with acute inflammatory components, Devic's disease (neuromyelitis optica), diabetic large-artery disorder, diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, Diamond Blackfan anemia, diffuse interstitial pulmonary fibrosis, dilated cardiomyopathy, discoid lupus, diseases involving leukocyte diapedesis, Dressier' s syndrome, Dupuyt
  • pneumonocirrhosis POEMS syndrome
  • polyarteritis nodosa Type I, ⁇ , & III
  • polyarthritis chronica primaria polyarthritis chronica primaria
  • polychondritis e.g., refractory or relapsed polychondritis
  • polyendocrine autoimmune disease polyendocrine failure
  • polyglandular syndromes e.g., autoimmune polyglandular syndromes (or polyglandular endocrinopathy syndromes)
  • polymyalgia rheumatica polymyositis
  • polymyositis/dermatomyositis polyneuropathies, polyradiculitis acuta, post-cardiotomy syndrome, posterior uveitis, or autoimmune uveitis, postmyocardial infarction syndrome, postpericardiotomy syndrome, post-streptococcal nephritis, post-vaccination syndromes, presenile dementia, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary hypothyroidism, primary idiopathic myxedema, primary lymphocytosis, which includes monoclonal B cell lymphocytosis (e.g., benign monoclonal gammopathy and monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance, MGUS), primary myxedema, primary progressive MS (PPMS), and relapsing remitting MS (RRMS), primary sclerosing cholangitis , progesterone dermatitis, progressive systemic sclerosis, proliferative arthritis, psorias
  • thrombocytopenia as developed by myocardial infarction patients, for example, including thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) and autoimmune or immune-mediated TTP.
  • TTP thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
  • thrombocytopenia such as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura ( ⁇ ) including chronic or acute ⁇ , thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), thyrotoxicosis, tissue injury, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, toxic-shock syndrome, transfusion reaction, transient hypogammaglobulinemia of infancy, transverse myelitis, traverse myelitis, tropical pulmonary eosinophilia, tuberculosis, ulcerative colitis, undifferentiated connective tissue disease (UCTD), urticaria (e.g., chronic allergic urticaria and chronic idiopathic urticaria, including chronic autoimmune urticaria), uveitis (e.g., anterior uveitis), uveoretinitis, valvulitis, vascular dysfunction, vasculitis, vertebral arthritis, vesiculobullous dermatosis, vitiligo, Wege
  • KTR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies described herein may be used in compositions, uses, and methods for the treatment of inflammatory conditions and inflammatory disease.
  • Inflammatory conditions and inflammatory diseases include but are not limited to rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis) spondyloarthropathies (e.g., ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (e.g., gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), multiple sclerosis, Lyme disease, polymyalgia rheumatica; connective tissue diseases (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome); vasculitides (e.g., polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome); inflammatory conditions including consequences of trauma or ischaemia, sarcoidosis;
  • Inflammatory conditions also include, but are not limited to acid Reflux/Heartburn, Acne, Acne Vulgaris, Allergies and Sensitivities, Alzheimer' s Disease, Asthma, Atherosclerosis and Vascular Occlusive Disease (e.g., Atherosclerosis, Ischaemic Heart Disease, Myocardial Infarction, Stroke, Peripheral Vascular Disease) and Vascular Stent Restenosis, Autoimmune Diseases,
  • treatment refers to the delivery of an effective amount of such a formulation with the purpose of preventing any symptoms or disease state to develop or with the purpose of preventing (e.g. preventing or postponing progression), easing, ameliorating, or eradicating (curing) such symptoms or disease states already developed.
  • treatment is thus meant to include treatment of minimal or non-detectable disease, e.g. , in an individual having experienced a treatment response after a first treatment, or the treatment of an established and/or acute phase.
  • Delivering anti- IR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibodies to a subject can be used for the purpose of preventing (e.g. preventing or postponing progression), easing, ameliorating, or eradicating (curing) such symptoms or disease states already developed.
  • the methods of the invention can be particularly useful in the reduction and/or amelioration of T cell activity, proliferation or number (e.g. number of activated pro-inflammatory T cells (e.g. CD4+ T cells, HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4-positive T cells) in circulation or at a site of
  • T cells refers to a sub-population of lymphocytes that mature in the thymus, and which display, among other molecules T cell receptors on their surface. T cells can be identified by virtue of certain characteristics and biological properties, such as the expression of specific surface antigens including the TCR, CD4 or CD8, the ability of certain T cells to kill tumor or infected cells, the ability of certain T cells to activate other cells of the immune system, and the ability to release protein molecules called cytokines that stimulate or inhibit the immune response.
  • active T cells designate biologically active T cells, more particularly T cells having the capacity of cytolysis or of stimulating an immune response by, e.g., secreting cytokines.
  • Active cells can be detected in any of a number of well known methods, including functional assays and expression-based assays such as the expression of cytokines such as TNF-alpha.
  • Methods for the treatment of an individual having an autoimmune or inflammatory disease may comprise administering to the individual an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the individual has an autoimmune or inflammatory disease that has is established (e.g. been declared for an extended period of time, for example more than one year), has signs of ongoing or active inflammation, has physical signs of disease (e.g. joint swelling, lesions, neurological symptoms), has chronic disease, has severe disease (as assessed by applicable criteria, e.g. DAS or ACR criteria in rheumatoid arthritis) or has progressing disease.
  • inflammatory disease may comprise administering to the individual an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • the present invention provides methods for the treatment of acute phases, or of an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare, of autoimmune or inflammatory diseases using an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody (or related compositions), preferably wherein the antibody is administered to an individual during an acute phase or during an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare of an autoimmune or inflammatory disease.
  • the disease may be selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Crohn disease or rectocolitis, Lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis and related diseases.
  • the disease is characterized by the presence of cells expressing anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 ligand (e.g. HLA-cw3 or HLA-cw4), preferably by the presence of CD4+ T cells expressing HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4.
  • the disease is characterized by the presence of detectable levels of a proteolytic enzyme, an inflammatory mediator, a marker of ongoing inflammation or a proinflammatory cytokine (e.g. TNF-oc and/or interleukin-1 (IL-1)).
  • Disease diagnosis, evolution and rating can be defined by standard medical criteria for the particular type of disease in order to determine whether an individual has disease that is established, is in an acute phase, is progressing, is chronic, has physical symptoms, or is of a certain level of severity. Likewise, attack, crisis, exacerbation or flares can be identified by any suitable medical criteria.
  • Anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can advantageously be used to treat established disease.
  • Established disease refers to an autoimmune or inflammatory disease which has been declared for an extended period of time, e.g. more than one year.
  • established disease also means a disease which is not controlled e.g. which is still progressing or for which the patient does not experience remission, in the presence or in the absence of a treatment.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment of an autoimmune or inflammatory disease in a patient, comprising: (a) determining whether said patient has an established disease; and (b) if said patient has an established diseases, administering to said patient an effective dose of anti- KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can also advantageously be used to treat chronic disease.
  • Chronic disease refers to a disease that persists for an extended period of time.
  • a chronic disease can be a disease lasting 3 months or more, as defined by the U.S. National Center for Health Statistics.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment of an autoimmune or inflammatory disease in a patient, comprising: (a) determining whether said patient has chronic disease; and (b) if said patient has chronic diseases, administering to said patient an effective dose of anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • Anti-KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies can also advantageously be used to treat individuals having an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare.
  • the terms “attack”, “crisis”, “exacerbation” and “flare”, designate a more rapid evolution of new symptoms or worsening of old symptoms related to an inflammatory or an autoimmune disease. Such phases last over a period of hours or days, as opposed to a slow progression of the disease that occurs over months and years.
  • the patient experiences fever, pain, inflammatory syndrome (flu-like syndrome).
  • flu-like syndrome In RA, the joints of the patient are swollen and painful. The patient can experience flu-like syndromes.
  • a crisis can last from a few hours to many weeks.
  • flare-ups can feature a new symptom or the worsening of an existing symptom but must last at least 24 hours to be considered a true exacerbation, a flare up denotes new lesions forming in the brain or spinal cord that disrupt neural transmission. Most flare-ups last a few days or weeks but can last for several months. Effects can for instance be: movement difficulties or spasms, balance and coordination problems; vision problems, uncoordinated eye movements, blurred vision or double vision, partial blindness during a flare-up; bladder and bowel symptoms; sexual problems, changes in mental function: memory loss, inattention and poor judgment or depression.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment an autoimmune or inflammatory disease in a patient comprising: (a) determining whether said patient is experiencing an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare; (b) if said patient experiences an attack, crisis, exacerbation or flare, administering to said patient an effective dose of anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • Anti-KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibodies can also advantageously be used to treat individuals having a relapse.
  • the term "relapse” refers to improvement or stabilization in a patient's symptoms.
  • a disease is relapsing when the health or condition of the patient improves.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment an autoimmune or inflammatory disease in a patient comprising: (a) determining whether said patient is experiencing a relapse, crisis, exacerbation or flare; (b) if said patient experiences a relapse, administering to said patient an effective dose of anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • an HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4 detection step can be carried out, comprising detecting the presence of a an HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4 in a patient, prior to treatment with an anti- KIR2DL1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • biological sample is taken from a patient, for example a sample of synovial fluid, e.g. in a patient having rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the biological sample is assessed for the presence of HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4 polypeptide or nucleic acid. If the biological sample is positive for the presence of HLA-cw3 and/or HLA-cw4, the patient can then advantageously be treated with the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibodies.
  • the anti-KTR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody is used as monotherapy (the sole therapeutic agent).
  • the treatment methods this invention may further comprise treatment an individual with an anti- KIR2DL1, 2 and/or 3 antibody and a second therapeutic agent, including agents normally utilized for the particular therapeutic purpose for which the antibody is being administered.
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody and second therapeutic agent can be administered separately, together or sequentially, or in a cocktail.
  • the second therapeutic agent will normally be administered in amounts typically used for that agent in a monotherapy for the particular disease or condition being treated.
  • the second therapeutic agent is administered in a dose less than the generally accepted efficacious dose; for example, in various embodiments, the composition comprises a dosage that is less than about 10% to 75% of the generally accepted efficacious dose is administered.
  • the second therapeutic agent is an agent that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzyme that reduces proteolytic enzymes, an enzymes
  • the second therapeutic agent is DMARD or a DMD, optionally further wherein the second therapeutic agent is methotrexate (Rheumatrex®, Trexall®), hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®), sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), leflunomide (Arava®), a tumor necrosis factor inhibitor (e.g.
  • a soluble TNFa receptor such as etanercept (Enbrel®), a neutralizing (preferably non-depleting) anti-T Fa antibody such as adalimumab (Humira®) or Certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®)), a T-cell costimulatory blocking agent (e.g. abatacept (Orencia®)), an interleukin- 1 (IL- 1 ) receptor antagonist therapy (anakinra (Kineret®)), an anti-BlyS antibody (Benlysta®), a proteosome inhibitor (e.g.
  • bortezomib a tyrosine kinase inhibitor
  • intramuscular gold or another immunomodulatory or cytotoxic agent
  • a cytotoxic agent e.g. azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine A (Neoral®, Sandimmune®)
  • a kinase inhibitor e.g. a SYK kinase inhibitor such as fostimatinib (R788) or a JAKl , JAK2 inhibitors such as INCB28050, tanezumab or tasocitinib (CP-690,550).
  • the anti-KIR2DLl , 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered prior to the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody can be administered approximately 0 to 30 days prior to the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered from about 30 minutes to about 2 weeks, from about 30 minutes to about 1 week, from about 1 hour to about 2 hours, from about 2 hours to about 4 hours, from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, from about 6 hours to about 8 hours, from about 8 hours to 1 day, or from about 1 to 5 days prior to the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered concurrently with the administration of the therapeutic agents.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered after the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • an anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be administered approximately 0 to 30 days after the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered from about 30 minutes to about 2 weeks, from about 30 minutes to about 1 week, from about 1 hour to about 2 hours, from about 2 hours to about 4 hours, from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, from about 6 hours to about 8 hours, from about 8 hours to 1 day, or from about 1 to 5 days after the administration of the second therapeutic agent.
  • composition may further comprise at least one anti-inflammatory agent, analgesic agent, or disease-modifying antirheumatic drug (DMARD).
  • DMARD disease-modifying antirheumatic drug
  • the anti-inflammatory agent may be selected from the group consisting of steroids, Cortisone, Glucocorticoids, prednisone, prednisolone, Hydrocortisone (Cortisol), Cortisone acetate, Methylprednisolone, Dexamethasone, Betamethasone, Triamcinolone, Beclometasone, and
  • Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic and typically progressive inflammatory disease in which the synovial membrane is the primary site of inflammation. Bone destruction occurs with the progression of inflammation, resulting in deformation or damage of bones and cartilages.
  • Rheumatoid arthritis progresses in stages. The first stage is the swelling of the synovial lining, causing pain, warmth, stiffness, redness and swelling around the joint. Second is the rapid division and growth of cells, or pannus, which causes the synovium to thicken. In the third stage, the inflamed cells release enzymes that may digest bone and cartilage, often causing the involved joint to lose its shape and alignment, more pain, and loss of movement.
  • a patient affected with the disease can experience a period of remission, without pain, and then a rheumatoid arthritis crisis, also named flare or attack, where the pain will increase.
  • the methods according to the invention propose to treat such patient experiencing a crisis to help them to deal with the pain.
  • ACR criteria measure improvement in tender or swollen joint counts and improvement in three of the following five parameters: acute phase reactant (such as
  • DAS Disease Activity Score
  • EULAR European League against Rheumatism
  • DAS [0.553938 ⁇ Richie's index] + [0.06465 V(number of joints with synovitis)] + [0.330 Ln (erythrocyte sedimentation rate)] + 0.024
  • Ritchie's index covers 53 joints: temporomandibular, acromioclavicular,
  • RA sternocostoclavicular, shoulder, elbow, wrist, metacarpophalangeal
  • PIP proximal interphalangeal
  • MTP metatarsophalangeal
  • the primary objective of the methods of treatment according to the invention is to control the activity of the disease and, also, to achieve remission, reduce pain, prevent and control joint destruction, prevent loss of function in everyday activities and at work, and optimise the patient's quality of life.
  • DMARDs disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs
  • NSAIDs Non-steroidal anti-inflammatdry drugs
  • COX-2 inhibitors have been widely used while waiting to confirm the diagnosis or later in the course of the disease in conjunction with DMARDs.
  • Methotrexate is the most widely used DMARD, but other agents, including hydroxychloroquine, sulfasalazine, gold, minocycline, and leflunomide, are also prescribed.
  • Corticosteroids may be used in combination with DMARDs, but in general, only low doses are used to minimize adverse events (O'Dell, New Engl. J. Med.
  • Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents NSAIDs
  • NSAIDs Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents
  • COX- 1 and COX-2 cyclooxygenase enzymes
  • Prostaglandins are mediators of inflammation and pain but also have important roles in maintenance of normal body functions including protection from stomach acid, maintenance of kidney blood flow, and
  • COX-2 selective inhibitors selectively block prostaglandins generated via COX-2 which have prominent roles in inflammation.
  • Many different NSAIDS are available, some over the counter including aspirin, ibuprofen (Advil ®, Motrin®, Nuprin ®) and naproxen (Alleve®) and many others are available by prescription including meloxicam (Mobic®), etodolac (Lodine®), nabumetone (Relafen®), sulindac (Clinoril®), tolementin
  • NSAID Arthrotec®
  • Diflusinal Dolobid®
  • indomethicin Indocin®
  • Ketoprofen Orudis®, Oruvail®
  • Oxaprozin Daypro®
  • piroxicam piroxicam
  • Longer acting NSAIDs that allow daily or twice daily dosing may improve compliance.
  • the NSAID class also includes drugs known as COX-2 inhibitors that are also effective in controlling inflammation (celecoxib, Celebrex®; etoricoxib, Arcoxia®; iumiracoxib, Prexige®).
  • Corticosteroids have both anti-inflammatory and immunoregulatory activity. They can be given orally, intravenously, intramuscularly or can be injected directly into the joint. Corticosteroids are useful in early disease as temporary adjunctive therapy while waiting for DMARDs to exert their anti-inflammatory effects. Corticosteroids are also useful as chronic adjunctive therapy in patients with severe disease that is not well controlled on NSADDs and DMARDs.
  • the usual dose of prednisone is 5 to lOmg daily. Although prednisone can be started at higher doses (15 to 20mg daily), attempts should be made to taper the dose over a few weeks to less than lOmg daily. Once started, corticosteroid therapy may be very difficult to discontinue and even at low doses. Some patients are very sensitive to the tapering of prednisone which is generally done slowly over a few weeks.
  • DARDS Disease Modifying Anti-rheumatic Drugs
  • NSAIDs and DMARD agents improve symptoms of active rheumatoid arthritis
  • only DMARD agents have been shown to alter the disease course and improve radiographic outcomes.
  • DMARDs have an effect upon rheumatoid arthritis that is different and may be more delayed in onset than either NSADDs or corticosteroids.
  • NSADDs or corticosteroids In most cases, when the diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis is confirmed, DMARD agents should be started. The presence of erosions or joint space narrowing on x-rays of the involved joints is a clear indication for DMARD therapy, however one should not wait for x-ray changes to occur.
  • the currently available drugs include: Methotrexate (Rheumatrex®, Trexall®),
  • Remicade® T-cell Costimulatory Blocking Agents— abatacept (Orencia®), B cell Depleting Agents— rituximab (Rituxan®), Interleukin-1 (IL- 1) Receptor Antagonist Therapy— anakinra (Kineret®), Intramuscular Gold, Other Immunomodulatory and Cytotoxic agents— azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide, and cyclosporine A(Neoral®, Sandimmune®).
  • Methotrexate is now considered the first-line DMARD agent for most patients with RA. It has a relatively rapid onset of action at therapeutic doses (6-8 weeks), good efficacy, favorable toxicity profile, ease of administration, and relatively low cost. Methotrexate is effective in reducing the signs and symptoms of RA, as well as slowing or halting radiographic damage. Methotrexate is also effective in many other forms of inflammatory arthritis including psoriatic arthritis and other spondyloarthopathies, and is used in many other autoimmune diseases.
  • methotrexate In a study comparing methotrexate to etanercept in early RA, methotrexate was started at a dose of 10 mg per week, and increased to 20 mg per week by week 8. This dosing regimen or regimens that start at even higher doses (up to 15 mg per week) with a dose escalation to 20 mg within the first three months is now fairly well accepted in clinical practice. Maximal dose is usually 25 mg per week but is sometimes increased further. Methotrexate can be given orally or by subcutaneous injection. The latter route of administration can be advantageous for patients who have methotrexate-associated nausea.
  • methotrexate Patients starting methotrexate should be carefully evaluated for renal insufficiency, acute or chronic liver disease, significant alcohol intake or alcohol abuse, leukopenia (low white blood cell counts), thrombocytopenia (low platelet counts), or untreated folate deficiency.
  • the coadministration of NSAIDS with methotrexate is routine in patients with rheumatoid arthritis and is considered safe by rheumatologists as long as liver function tests are closely monitored.
  • Methotrexate can be combined safely with nearly every other FDA approved DMARDs for RA, including sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquine, TNF inhibitors, abatacept, rituximab, anakinra, and leflunomide. In all clinical trials combining methotrexate with one of these DMARDs, no unexpected toxicities or synergistic toxicities were observed with the exception of higher liver toxicity with leflunomide which is also metabolized by the liver.
  • Hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine are antimalarial drugs which are relatively safe and well-tolerated agent for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Because these drugs have limited ability to prevent joint damage on their own, their use should probably be limited to patients with very mild and nonerosive disease. Hydroxychloroquine is sometimes combined with methotrexate for additive benefits for signs and symptoms or as part of a regimen of "triple therapy" with methotrexate and sulfasalazine.
  • Sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®) is an effective DMARD for the treatment of RA. It is given in conjunction with methotrexate and hydroxychloroquine as part of a regimen of "triple therapy" which has been shown to provide benefits to patients who have had inadequate responses to methotrexate alone. Sulfasalazine is also used in the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and
  • Dosage The usual dose is 2-3 grams per day in a twice daily dosing regimen. The dose may be initiated at 1 gram per day and increased as tolerated.
  • Leflunomide (Arava®) is also an effective DMARD. Its efficacy is similar to methotrexate in terms of signs and symptoms, and is a viable alternative to patients who have failed or are intolerant to methotrexate. Leflunomide has been demonstrated to slow radiographic progression. Studies have demonstrated that it can also be carefully combined with methotrexate in patients with no preexisting liver disease, as long as the liver function tests are carefully monitored. Leflunomide has also been studied in psoriatic arthritis with some efficacy demonstrated. Dosage: The half-life of the active metabolite of leflunomide is very long. Leflunomide and its metabolites are extensively protein bound and undergo further metabolism before excretion.
  • the medication When initially approved, the medication was given using a loading dose of lOOmg daily for three days then followed by 20 mg daily. Due to a significant incidence of GI side effects and diarrhea, most practitioners now use a shorter loading period with lower doses or initiate treatment at 10-20 mg/day with no loading dose,. The dose may be reduced to lOmg daily if not tolerated at the 20 mg dose.
  • T F Tumor necrosis factor
  • T F Tumor necrosis factor
  • TNF is one of the critical cytokines that mediate joint damage and destruction due to its activities on many cells in the joint as well as effects on other organs and body systems.
  • TNF antagonists were the first of the biological DMARDS to be approved for the treatment of RA and have also been referred to as biological response modifiers or "biologies" to differentiate them from other DMARDS such as methotrexate, leflunomide, or sulfasalazine.
  • TNF antagonists are approved for the treatment of RA and additional agents are under investigation. These drugs are similar in their efficacy at decreasing signs and symptoms of RA, slowing or halting radiographic damage, and improving function and quality of life. These agents are also now approved for the treatment of other forms of inflammatory arthritis including psoriatic arthritis, juvenile idiopathic arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis.
  • TNF inhibitors FDA approved for the treatment of RA listed in order of their approval for RA); etanercept (Enbrel®), infliximab (Remicade®), and adalimumab (Humira®).
  • Etanercept (Enbrel®) is effective in reducing the signs and symptoms of RA, as well as in slowing or halting radiographic damage, when used either as monotherapy or in combination with methotrexate. Etanercept is also approved for the treatment of psoriatic arthritis and for ankylosing spondylitis as well as psoriasis. Etanercept is a fusion protein that combines two extracellular binding domains of the p75 form of the TNF receptor with the Fc portion of a human IgG l antibody molecule. The components of the protein are entirely human, and anti-etanercept antibodies are relatively uncommon.
  • Dosage The most common dose currently used is 50 mg self-administered once per week by subcutaneous injection. Both prefilled syringes and an autoinjection system (SureClick®) are available. Etanercept is also available in a 25 mg dose which is administered twice per week at this dose. Intermittent or occasional dosing has not been studied. There is limited information on the safety or efficacy at doses beyond 50 mg per week. Etanercept has a half-life of 70 hours after a 25mg dose.
  • Infliximab(Remicade®) in combination with methotrexate, is approved for the treatment of RA, and for the treatment of psoriatic arthritis, and ankylosing spondylitis, as well as psoriasis and Crohn's disease.
  • Infliximab is a chimeric monoclonal antibody that binds TNF with high affinity and specificity. The antibody binding site for TNF is of mouse origin, with the remaining 75% of the infliximab antibody derived from a human IgGl antibody sequence. Infliximab is effective as monotherapy in reducing the signs and symptoms of RA but anti-infliximab antibodies can develop which can, in turn, reduce the durability of the response.
  • infliximab 3 mg/kg for RA given as an intravenous infusion followed by additional dosing at 2 and 6 weeks, then every 8 weeks thereafter. Infliximab should be given in combination with methotrexate. If the clinical response is inadequate at a starting dose, infliximab can be increased incrementally to a maximum dose of 10 mg/kg and the frequency of infusion increased to every 4-6 weeks.
  • Adalimumab (Humira®) is a fully human anti-T F monoclonal antibody with high specificity for TNF. Like the other TNF antagonists, it is effective as monotherapy and in combination with methotrexate, at reducing signs and symptoms of RA and in slowing or halting radiographic progression of disease. It is administered by subcutaneous injection every two weeks but can be increased to weekly, if needed. Adalimumab is effective in RA, Psoriatic arthritis, and ankylosing spondylitis, and Crohn's disease. Dosage: Adalimumab is currently available in a 40 mg dose and is given by self-administered subcutaneous (SC) injection every other week.
  • SC subcutaneous
  • Adalimumab has a half-life of approximately 2 weeks (ranging from 10-20 days) after a standard 40 mg dose.
  • T-cell Costimulatory blockade Abatacept (Orencia®): Abatacept is the first of a class of agents known as T-cell costimulatory blockers. These agent interfere with the interactions between antigen-presenting cells and T lymphocytes and affect early stages in the pathogenic cascade of events in rheumatoid arthritis. T lymphocytes become activated due to an unknown stimulus but likely involving the interaction between antigen presented in the context of the Class ⁇ Major
  • T cells recognize antigens as foreign and if they receive a second stimulus, will become active, proliferate, traffic to inflamed sites, and secrete proinflammatory cytokines including TNF.
  • One of the important second signals for T cell activation is mediated by the molecules CD80 and CD86 found on antigen presenting cells and the CD28 molecule on the T cell surface.
  • Dosage Abatacept is administered via intravenous infusion once per month after initial doses at baseline, 2 weeks, and 4 weeks. The dose is based on body weight, with patients ⁇ 60 kg receiving 500 mg, 60- 100 kg receiving 750 mg, and >100 kg receiving 1000 mg. The medication is administered over a period of approximately 30 minutes to one hour.
  • B-Cell Depletion B cells are an important inflammatory cell with multiple functions in the immune response. They serve as antigen presenting cells, can secrete cytokines, and differentiate into antibody-forming plasma cells. The depletion of B cells has been shown to be effective in reducing signs and symptoms of RA and in slowing radiographic
  • Rituximab One B cell depleting agent, Rituximab, is currently available for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Rituximab (Rituxan®) was originally developed to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and has been used to treat this malignant condition of lymphocytes and lymph nodes for several years.
  • rituximab caused a rapid and sustained depletion of circulating B cells in the circulation with clinical improvements in many patients as well. Further clinical studies have now demonstrated that rituximab is effective in decreasing signs and symptoms and in slowing radiographic progression in RA patients who have failed other DMARD therapies.
  • the agent is currently approved in the US , however, only in patients who have failed TNF antagonists.
  • Dosage The currently approved dose is 1000 mg administered intravenously over 3-4 hours with two doses given 2 weeks apart. Patients typically receive intravenous corticosteroids with each infusion and premedication with diphenhydramine and acetaminophen. The optimal time for readministarion is not yet clear. Some have advocated a fixed dosing regimen of every 6 months, while others have advocated waiting until a patient begins to flare before retreating. Studies are ongoing to evaluate redosing schedules. The extent and duration of B cell depletion has not been clearly correlated with efficacy. Nor has the reconstitution of normal levels of B cells been well correlated with loss of efficacy.
  • Interleukin-1 is another proinflammatory cytokine implicated in the pathogenesis of RA.
  • IL-1 receptor antagonist (ILlra) is an endogenous blocker of the cytokine.
  • Evidence supporting an anti-inflammatory role of IL-1 ra in vivo is demonstrated by the observation that IL-lra deficient mice spontaneously develop autoimmune diseases similar to rheumatoid arthritis as well as vasculitis.
  • ILl has effects on cartilage degradation leading to damage as well as inhibiting repair, and is a potent stimulus to osteoclasts leading to bone erosion.
  • anakinra (Kineret®)
  • Other agents have been studied as well in RA.
  • Anakinra (Kineret®), a human recombinant IL-1 receptor antagonist (hu rlL-lra) is approved for the treatment of RA.
  • Anakinra can be used alone or in combination with DMARDs other than TNF blocking agents (Etanercept, Infliximab, Adalimumab). Anakinra is not recommended for use in combination with TNF inhibitors because studies have shown increased infections without additive clinical benefit.
  • Dosage The recommended dose of anakinra is 100 mg/day administered daily by subcutaneous injection. The dose should be administered at approximately the same time each day. An autoinjection system is available for the medication.
  • Intramuscular Gold is effective in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Intramuscular gold salts were, until the 1990's, the most often used DMARD agents but have been replaced by
  • Methotrexate and other DMARDS as the preferred agents to treat RA.
  • Two injectable compounds are available, (Myochrysine® and Solganal®). Gold compounds are rarely used now due to their numerous side effects and monitoring requirements, their limited efficacy, and very slow onset of action.
  • An oral gold compound (Auranofin®) is also available but its efficacy is even more limited than injectable compounds. Dosage: Myochrysine or Solganal therapy is started at 10 mg
  • cytotoxic drugs are azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclosporin A (Sandimmune®, Neoral®), cyclophosphamide
  • Azathioprine (Imuran®) has some activity in rheumatoid arthritis but may take 8-12 weeks to see an effect. It is a purine analog that can cause bone marrow suppression and lowering of blood cell counts (white blood cells, red blood cells, and platelets) particularly in patients with renal insufficiency or when used concomitantly with allopurinol or ACE inhibitors. Increased risk of secondary malignancy due to azathioprine is controversial. Screening for levels of the enzyme thiopurine methyltransferase (TPMT) is recommended before initiating therapy with azathioprine. Certain individuals have deficiencies in this enzyme that metabolizes azathioprine with a
  • Cyclosporine (Sandimmune®, Neoral®) has some activity as a disease modifying therapy in rheumatoid arthritis. Studies have demonstrated that cyclosporine can be combined with methotrexate in RA patients to capture clinical responses. It is an immunosuppressive agent approved for use in preventing renal and liver transplant rejection and also has activity in psoriasis and other autoimmune diseases. Cyclosporine inhibits T cell function by inhibiting transcription of interleukin-2. Main toxicities include infection and renal insufficiency. Increase in blood pressure is common and may require treatment. Careful monitoring of renal function and blood pressure is needed for the entire time a patient is taking cyclosporine. Numerous medication interactions may affect blood levels of cyclosporine and lead to more toxicity. The package insert contains important information concerning these medication interactions. Cyclosporine increases risks of infection and may also increase the risk of malignancies including lymphoma.
  • Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®) is a potent immunosuppressive agent that is reserved for severe cases of refractory rheumatoid arthritis and those with manifestations such as vasculitis. It is used in the treatment of other autoimmune conditions including lupus and vasculitis.
  • Cyclophosphamide is an alkylating agent with serious toxicities including bone marrow suppression, hemorrhagic cystitis, premature ovarian failure, infection and secondary malignancy particularly an increased risk of bladder cancer. Blood counts must be carefully monitored with this medication.
  • d-Penicillamine (Cuprimine®, Depen®) historically has some activity as a treatment for rheumatoid arthritis. It is prescribed primarily for patients with persistent aggressive disease who have failed other available DMARDS. Like gold it is a relatively toxic drug that has limited utility due to issues of tolerability and efficacy that is not as robust as other currently available agents. Major side effects include severe rash and effects on renal function. Careful monitoring of kidney function is required with this drug. Patients may develop a lupus like illness or other autoimmune diseases when taking d-Penicillamine.
  • DMARD compounds currently in development are also suitable for a combination in the treatment methods according to the invention, such as VX-702, ocrelizumab, compounds targeting SY kinase such as fostimatinib (R788) and JAK1, JAK2 inhibitors such as INCB28050, tanezumab or tasocitinib (CP-690,550).
  • the DMARD may be selected from the group consisting of mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept), calcineurin inhibitors, cyclosporine, sirolimus, everolimus, oral retinoids, azathioprine, fumeric acid esters, D-penicillamine, cyclophosphamide, immunoadsorption column, Prosorba(r) column, a gold salt, auranofin, sodium aurothiomalate (Myocrisin), hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, leflunomide, methotrexate (MTX), minocycline, sulfasalazine (SSZ), tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFa) blockers, etanercept (Enbrel), infliximab (Remicade), adalimumab (Humira), certolizumab pegol (Cimzia), golimumab (Simponi)), Interleukin 1 (CellC
  • a patient having RA can be evaluated to assess the presence, stage, evolution or rating of disease.
  • a biological sample e.g. synovial fluid
  • T cells e.g. CD4+ T cells
  • the presence of auto-antibodies is detected, for example detecting rheumatoid factor (RhF), anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide antibodies, anti-ssRNA, anti- dsRNA, anti-Smith, anti-phospholipid, anti-nuclear and/or anti-actin antibodies.
  • RhF rheumatoid factor
  • anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide antibodies anti-ssRNA, anti- dsRNA, anti-Smith, anti-phospholipid, anti-nuclear and/or anti-actin antibodies.
  • the methods comprise assessing levels of a proteolytic enzyme, an inflammatory mediator, a marker of ongoing inflammation or a proinflammatory cytokine. In one embodiment, the methods comprise determining c-reactive protein (CRP) level and/or erythrocyte sedimentation rate.
  • CRP c-reactive protein
  • a patient having RA, and optionally having active inflammation and/or established or chronic RA, and/or experiencing a flare is treated with an anti-KIR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody.
  • established RA may be characterized as RA which has been progressing for over a year, or which has been progressing for less than a year but is unresponsive to a first disease modifying antirheumatic drug (DMARD).
  • Established RA can also be assessed using the DAS or the CAS criteria.
  • RA and related diseases refers to diseases that can cause or derive from the onset or evolution of rheumatoid arthritis such as e.g. episcleritis, pneumothorax, embolism and ischemic skin ulcer.
  • the antibodies according to the invention are administered in combination with another RA treatment, such as those listed above.
  • the anti-KIR2DL 1 , 2 and/or 3 antibody can be injected or infused via subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial routes.
  • an anti- IR2DLl, 2 and/or 3 antibody is administered intra-articularly, preferably at the site of the inflammation.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

La présente invention concerne des composés qui inhibent des composés comprenant des polypeptides KIR2DL1, 2 et/ou 3 (par exemple, des anticorps anti-KIR2DL1, 2 et/ou 3) qui neutralisent les récepteurs inhibiteurs des cellules NK. La présente invention concerne en outre des procédés d'utilisation de ces composés ainsi que de compositions contenant ces composés dans le traitement et la prévention de troubles inflammatoires ou auto-immuns.
PCT/IB2012/001512 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticorps anti-kir destinés au traitement de troubles inflammatoires WO2012160448A2 (fr)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020137033948A KR102046666B1 (ko) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 염증성 장애의 치료를 위한 항-kir 항체
MX2013013635A MX347514B (es) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticuerpos anti-receptores tipo inmunoglobulina citoliticos (kir) para el tratamiento de trastornos inflamatorios.
CN201280037229.1A CN103717619B (zh) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 治疗发炎及自体免疫疾病之抗-kir抗体
ES12753810T ES2765874T3 (es) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticuerpos anti-KIR para el tratamiento de trastornos inflamatorios
JP2014511973A JP6342325B2 (ja) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 炎症性障害の治療のための抗ｋｉｒ抗体
BR112013030017-5A BR112013030017A2 (pt) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 anticorpos anti-kir para o tratamento de distúrbios inflamatórios
EP12753810.6A EP2714741B1 (fr) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticorps anti-kir destinés au traitement de troubles inflammatoires
AU2012260601A AU2012260601B2 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anti-KIR antibodies for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
CA2837184A CA2837184C (fr) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticorps anti-kir destines au traitement de troubles inflammatoires
SG2013086137A SG195082A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anti-kir antibodies for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EA201391755A EA036545B1 (ru) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Анти-kir антитела для лечения воспалительных заболеваний
IL229582A IL229582B (en) 2011-05-25 2013-11-24 Antibodies against kir for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161489806P 2011-05-25 2011-05-25
US61/489,806 2011-05-25

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012160448A2 true WO2012160448A2 (fr) 2012-11-29
WO2012160448A3 WO2012160448A3 (fr) 2013-05-10

Family

ID=46785768

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2012/001512 WO2012160448A2 (fr) 2011-05-25 2012-05-25 Anticorps anti-kir destinés au traitement de troubles inflammatoires

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (2) US9067997B2 (fr)
EP (1) EP2714741B1 (fr)
JP (1) JP6342325B2 (fr)
KR (1) KR102046666B1 (fr)
CN (1) CN103717619B (fr)
AR (1) AR086582A1 (fr)
AU (1) AU2012260601B2 (fr)
BR (1) BR112013030017A2 (fr)
CA (1) CA2837184C (fr)
EA (1) EA036545B1 (fr)
ES (1) ES2765874T3 (fr)
IL (1) IL229582B (fr)
MX (1) MX347514B (fr)
SG (2) SG195082A1 (fr)
TW (1) TWI560200B (fr)
WO (1) WO2012160448A2 (fr)

Cited By (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014055648A1 (fr) 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combinaison d'anticorps anti-kir et d'anticorps anti-pd-1 pour le traitement du cancer
WO2016030488A1 (fr) * 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 Innate Pharma Traitement d'une maladie coeliaque
JP2016509044A (ja) * 2013-02-21 2016-03-24 シグモイド ファルマ リミテッド 腸管線維症の治療に用いる経口ステロイド製剤
CN106132989A (zh) * 2014-03-14 2016-11-16 先天制药公司 具有增加的稳定性的人源化抗体
WO2017009842A2 (fr) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Compositions et méthodes pour le traitement du cancer
WO2017079746A2 (fr) 2015-11-07 2017-05-11 Multivir Inc. Méthodes et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique suppressive de tumeur et le blocage du point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement du cancer
WO2017176672A1 (fr) * 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions et procédés associés à des lymphocytes t polycytotoxiques
WO2017201502A1 (fr) 2016-05-20 2017-11-23 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Ltd. Utilisation d'agents de modulation du glutamate avec des immunothérapies pour traiter le cancer
WO2018064165A2 (fr) 2016-09-27 2018-04-05 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Procédés permettant d'améliorer le traitement par blocage du point de contrôle immunitaire en modulant le microbiome
WO2018071668A1 (fr) 2016-10-12 2018-04-19 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Procédés et compositions pour une immunothérapie par tusc2
WO2018111902A1 (fr) 2016-12-12 2018-06-21 Multivir Inc. Méthodes et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique virale et un inhibiteur de point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement et la prévention du cancer et des maladies infectieuses
EP3256157A4 (fr) * 2015-02-12 2018-08-01 The Regents of the University of Michigan Anticorps anti-kir
WO2018183928A1 (fr) 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés de traitement de tumeur
WO2019075468A1 (fr) 2017-10-15 2019-04-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés de traitement de tumeur
WO2019191676A1 (fr) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Méthodes de traitement de tumeur
WO2019185551A1 (fr) 2018-03-25 2019-10-03 Snipr Biome Aps. Traitement et prévention des infections microbiennes
US10463049B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2019-11-05 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10494433B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2019-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of anti-KIR and anti-CS1 antibodies to treat multiple myeloma
WO2019241730A2 (fr) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Augmentation de l'activité immunitaire par modulation de facteurs de signalisation post-cellulaires
US10512689B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2019-12-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions comprising a combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab
WO2020036635A2 (fr) 2018-03-19 2020-02-20 Multivir Inc. Procédés et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique suppressive de tumeur et des agonistes de cd122/cd132 pour le traitement du cancer
WO2020127965A1 (fr) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
US10760075B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2020-09-01 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
EP3478320A4 (fr) * 2016-06-30 2020-09-09 Trellis Bioscience, LLC Anticorps monoclonaux ciblant la signalisation des récepteurs de la famille des immunoglobulines de tueurs (kir)
WO2020227159A2 (fr) 2019-05-03 2020-11-12 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Métodes de modulation de l'activité immunitaire
WO2020243563A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signatures géniques multi-tumorales destinées à être adaptées à une thérapie immuno-oncologique
WO2020243568A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés d'identification d'un sujet approprié pour une thérapie d'immuno-oncologie (i-o)
WO2020243570A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signature de localisation cellulaire et polythérapie
WO2021024020A1 (fr) 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 Astellas Pharma Inc. Polythérapie impliquant des anticorps dirigés contre la claudine 18.2 et inhibiteurs de point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement du cancer
WO2021113644A1 (fr) 2019-12-05 2021-06-10 Multivir Inc. Combinaisons comprenant un activateur de lymphocytes t cd8+, un inhibiteur de point de contrôle immunitaire et une radiothérapie en vue d'obtenir des effets ciblés et abscopal pour le traitement du cancer
WO2021127217A1 (fr) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Polythérapies anticancéreuses ayant des inducteurs de désassemblage cellulaire dépendant du fer
WO2021255223A1 (fr) 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
WO2022006179A1 (fr) 2020-06-29 2022-01-06 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Virus modifiés pour favoriser la thanotransmission et leur utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
WO2022008519A1 (fr) 2020-07-07 2022-01-13 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique contre le cancer positif au vph
US11242393B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2022-02-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies against MICA and/or MICB and uses thereof
WO2022047412A1 (fr) 2020-08-31 2022-03-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signature de localisation cellulaire et immunothérapie
US11351252B2 (en) 2016-06-05 2022-06-07 Snipr Technologies Limited Selectively altering microbiota for immune modulation
WO2022120179A1 (fr) 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signatures géniques multi-tumorales et leurs utilisations
WO2022135667A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique pour le traitement du cancer
WO2022136266A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique pour le traitement du cancer
WO2022135666A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Programme de traitement faisant intervenir des protéines cytokines
WO2022146948A1 (fr) 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Administration sous-cutanée d'anticorps pd1/pd-l1
WO2022146947A1 (fr) 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions d'anticorps et leurs procédés d'utilisation
WO2022169825A1 (fr) * 2021-02-03 2022-08-11 Mozart Therapeutics, Inc. Agents de liaison et leurs méthodes d'utilisation
WO2022212876A1 (fr) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Anticorps dirigés contre un cdcp1 clivé et leurs utilisations
WO2023285552A1 (fr) 2021-07-13 2023-01-19 BioNTech SE Agents de liaison multispécifiques contre cd40 et cd137 en polythérapie du cancer
US11607453B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2023-03-21 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Mesothelin binding proteins
US11623958B2 (en) 2016-05-20 2023-04-11 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Single chain variable fragment CD3 binding proteins
WO2023061930A1 (fr) 2021-10-11 2023-04-20 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique destiné au cancer du poumon
WO2023076876A1 (fr) * 2021-10-26 2023-05-04 Mozart Therapeutics, Inc. Modulation de réponses immunitaires à des vecteurs viraux
WO2023111203A1 (fr) 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
WO2023178329A1 (fr) 2022-03-18 2023-09-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés d'isolement de polypeptides
US11807692B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2023-11-07 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. DLL3 binding proteins and methods of use
WO2023235847A1 (fr) 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions d'anticorps et leurs procédés d'utilisation
US11976125B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2024-05-07 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. B cell maturation antigen binding proteins
WO2024126457A1 (fr) 2022-12-14 2024-06-20 Astellas Pharma Europe Bv Polythérapie impliquant des agents de liaison bispécifiques se liant à cldn18.2 et cd3 et des inhibiteurs de point de contrôle immunitaire

Families Citing this family (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MXPA05013923A (es) * 2003-07-02 2006-08-11 Univ Genova Anticuerpos nk receptores de pan-kir2dl y su utilizacion en diagnostico y terapia.
US20090191213A9 (en) * 2003-07-02 2009-07-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Compositions and methods for regulating NK cell activity
EP2287195B1 (fr) * 2004-07-01 2019-05-15 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps contre le Pan-KIR2DL NK-recepteur et leur utilsation diagnostique at therapeutique
US20090196850A1 (en) * 2005-01-06 2009-08-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Anti-Kir Combination Treatments and Methods
CA2675291C (fr) * 2007-01-11 2017-05-23 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps anti-kir, formulations et utilisations de celles-ci
EP2569618B1 (fr) 2010-05-08 2017-03-01 The Regents of the University of California Appareil de détection de scanner sem, système et méthodologie pour la détection précoce des ulcères
US9622483B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2017-04-18 Corning Incorporated Antimicrobial glass compositions, glasses and polymeric articles incorporating the same
US11039620B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2021-06-22 Corning Incorporated Antimicrobial glass compositions, glasses and polymeric articles incorporating the same
US11039621B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2021-06-22 Corning Incorporated Antimicrobial glass compositions, glasses and polymeric articles incorporating the same
JP6947636B2 (ja) * 2015-04-20 2021-10-13 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニアＴｈｅ Ｒｅｇｅｎｔｓ Ｏｆ Ｔｈｅ Ｕｎｉｖｅｒｓｉｔｙ Ｏｆ Ｃａｌｉｆｏｒｎｉａ カプセル化された気体または部分真空のｃｔ造影材料
US10182740B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2019-01-22 Bruin Biometrics, Llc Apparatus and methods for determining damaged tissue using sub-epidermal moisture measurements
JP6644478B2 (ja) * 2015-04-28 2020-02-12 国立大学法人東北大学 チオプリン製剤による副作用の危険性の判定方法
KR20170001567A (ko) * 2015-06-26 2017-01-04 주식회사 파마리서치프로덕트 어류의 정액 또는 정소로부터 분리된 dna 단편 혼합물을 포함하는 허혈성 장염의 예방 또는 치료용 조성물
WO2016208880A1 (fr) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 주식회사 파마리서치프로덕트 Composition pour la prévention ou le traitement de l'entérite ischémique contenant un mélange de fragments d'adn isolés à partir de sperme ou de testicules de poisson
EP3325967B1 (fr) 2015-07-24 2019-12-04 Innate Pharma Procedes de detection de cellules nk infiltrant des tissues
CN108495655A (zh) * 2015-12-15 2018-09-04 纪念斯隆凯特琳癌症中心 用于组织区分例如用于术中可视化的成像系统和方法
US11213538B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2022-01-04 General Incorporated Association Pharma Valley Project Supporting Organization Agent for overcoming immunosuppression and use thereof
US11643459B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2023-05-09 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFβ1-binding immunoglobulins and use thereof
CN105943048B (zh) * 2016-06-27 2018-11-13 首都医科大学附属北京胸科医院 一种基于核磁共振技术区分结核性脑膜炎和病毒性脑膜炎的方法及其应用
GB2600253B (en) 2017-02-03 2022-11-23 Bruin Biometrics Llc Measurement of edema
KR102283395B1 (ko) 2017-02-03 2021-07-30 브루인 바이오메트릭스, 엘엘씨 당뇨병성 족부 궤양에 대한 감수성의 측정
JP7015305B2 (ja) 2017-02-03 2022-02-02 ブルーイン、バイオメトリクス、リミテッド、ライアビリティー、カンパニー 組織生存度の測定
MX2020005138A (es) * 2017-11-16 2020-08-17 Bruin Biometrics Llc Tratamiento estrategico de ulceras por presion por el uso de valores humedad subepidermica.
EP3723802A1 (fr) * 2017-12-13 2020-10-21 Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anticorps fcrn et leurs procédés d'utilisation
PL3749181T3 (pl) 2018-02-09 2024-06-10 Bruin Biometrics, Llc Wykrywanie uszkodzenia tkanek
EP3837011A4 (fr) * 2018-08-13 2022-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Méthodes de traitement de la sclérose latérale amyotrophique
AU2019328290A1 (en) 2018-08-30 2021-02-25 HCW Biologics, Inc. Multi-chain chimeric polypeptides and uses thereof
CN113015744A (zh) 2018-08-30 2021-06-22 Hcw生物科技公司 单链嵌合多肽和多链嵌合多肽以及其用途
KR20210069639A (ko) 2018-08-30 2021-06-11 에이치씨더블유 바이올로직스, 인크. 단일-사슬 키메라 폴리펩타이드 및 이의 용도
DK3861601T3 (da) 2018-10-11 2024-02-26 Bruin Biometrics Llc Indretning med element til engangsbrug
CN109675037B (zh) * 2019-01-25 2021-09-14 南方医科大学 Atp及其受体在制备治疗自闭症药物中的应用
CA3143035A1 (fr) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 HCW Biologics, Inc. Polypeptides chimeriques a chaines multiples et leurs utilisations
US11851490B2 (en) * 2019-08-15 2023-12-26 Northwestern University Methods and compositions for treating, inhibiting, and/or preventing heterotopic ossification
CN112574281B (zh) * 2019-09-27 2022-03-29 暨南大学 一种成对免疫球蛋白样受体b结合肽及其衍生物与应用
US12024545B2 (en) 2020-06-01 2024-07-02 HCW Biologics, Inc. Methods of treating aging-related disorders
JP2023527869A (ja) 2020-06-01 2023-06-30 エイチシーダブリュー バイオロジックス インコーポレイテッド 加齢関連障害の治療法
WO2021247003A1 (fr) 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 HCW Biologics, Inc. Méthodes de traitement de troubles liés au vieillissement
WO2022169850A1 (fr) 2021-02-03 2022-08-11 Bruin Biometrics, Llc Procédés de traitement d'une lésion tissulaire profonde et précoce induite par la pression
CN115120620A (zh) * 2021-03-26 2022-09-30 上海雷允上药业有限公司 一种六神丸的用途以及药物组合物和用途
WO2022212784A1 (fr) 2021-03-31 2022-10-06 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Polypeptides de thanotransmission et leur utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
EP4363059A1 (fr) 2021-06-29 2024-05-08 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Cellules immunitaires modifiées pour favoriser la thanotransmission de phényléthanolamines et leurs utilisations
WO2024077191A1 (fr) 2022-10-05 2024-04-11 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Molécules d'acide nucléique codant pour des trif et des polypeptides supplémentaires et leur utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
CN117031044B (zh) * 2023-10-07 2024-01-02 首都医科大学附属北京天坛医院 一种预测卒中相关性肺炎的生物标志物和试剂盒及诊断设备

Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4366241A (en) 1980-08-07 1982-12-28 Syva Company Concentrating zone method in heterogeneous immunoassays
US4376110A (en) 1980-08-04 1983-03-08 Hybritech, Incorporated Immunometric assays using monoclonal antibodies
EP0073494A1 (fr) 1981-09-02 1983-03-09 BROWN, BOVERI & CIE Aktiengesellschaft Méthode pour le nettoyage de conducteurs creux de machines et appareils électriques refroidis
US4517288A (en) 1981-01-23 1985-05-14 American Hospital Supply Corp. Solid phase system for ligand assay
EP0173494A2 (fr) 1984-08-27 1986-03-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Récepteurs chimériques par liaison et expression de l'ADN
WO1986001533A1 (fr) 1984-09-03 1986-03-13 Celltech Limited Production d'anticorps chimeriques
EP0184187A2 (fr) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Chaîne lourde d'immunoglobuline chimère souris-humaine et chimère de l'ADN codant celle-ci
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4699880A (en) 1984-09-25 1987-10-13 Immunomedics, Inc. Method of producing monoclonal anti-idiotype antibody
EP0264166A1 (fr) 1986-04-09 1988-04-20 Genzyme Corporation Animaux transformés génétiquement sécrétant une protéine désirée dans le lait
WO1988009810A1 (fr) 1987-06-11 1988-12-15 Synthetic Genetics Nouveaux conjugues d'acide nucleique amphiphile
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4837168A (en) 1985-12-23 1989-06-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Immunoassay using colorable latex particles
US4873316A (en) 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
WO1989010134A1 (fr) 1988-04-25 1989-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Peptides chimeriques d'administration de neuropeptides a travers la barriere vasculaire du cerveau
US4987071A (en) 1986-12-03 1991-01-22 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods
WO1992003918A1 (fr) 1990-08-29 1992-03-19 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux non humains transgeniques capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
US5116742A (en) 1986-12-03 1992-05-26 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods
WO1993012227A1 (fr) 1991-12-17 1993-06-24 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques non humains capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5283317A (en) 1987-08-03 1994-02-01 Ddi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intermediates for conjugation of polypeptides with high molecular weight polyalkylene glycols
WO1994010300A1 (fr) 1992-10-30 1994-05-11 The General Hospital Corporation Systeme de piegeage d'interaction pour l'isolation de nouvelles proteines
WO1994025585A1 (fr) 1993-04-26 1994-11-10 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5476996A (en) 1988-06-14 1995-12-19 Lidak Pharmaceuticals Human immune system in non-human animal
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5580756A (en) 1990-03-26 1996-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. B7Ig fusion protein
WO1997013852A1 (fr) 1995-10-10 1997-04-17 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux non humains transgeniques pouvant produire des anticorps heterologues
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
US5624659A (en) 1993-03-19 1997-04-29 Duke University Method of treating brain tumors expressing tenascin
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
WO1997028267A1 (fr) 1996-02-02 1997-08-07 Repligen Corporation Anticorps et proteines de fusion d'immunoglobuline presentant des fonctions d'effecteur modifiees et leurs utilisations
US5660827A (en) 1992-03-05 1997-08-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Antibodies that bind to endoglin
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5677425A (en) 1987-09-04 1997-10-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibody
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
WO1998024884A1 (fr) 1996-12-02 1998-06-11 Genpharm International Animaux transgeniques non humains capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5789650A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-08-04 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5814318A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-09-29 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5844095A (en) 1991-06-27 1998-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company CTLA4 Ig fusion proteins
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5874299A (en) 1990-08-29 1999-02-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5877397A (en) 1990-08-29 1999-03-02 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5885793A (en) 1991-12-02 1999-03-23 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US5939598A (en) 1990-01-12 1999-08-17 Abgenix, Inc. Method of making transgenic mice lacking endogenous heavy chains
WO1999045962A1 (fr) 1998-03-13 1999-09-16 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques capables de fabriquer des anticorps heterologues
US5969108A (en) 1990-07-10 1999-10-19 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1999054342A1 (fr) 1998-04-20 1999-10-28 Pablo Umana Modification par glycosylation d'anticorps aux fins d'amelioration de la cytotoxicite cellulaire dependant des anticorps
WO2000006593A1 (fr) 1998-07-28 2000-02-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Acides nucleiques codant les recepteurs associes a la proteine g qui interviennent dans la transduction sensorielle
US6054297A (en) 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6121022A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-09-19 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6153737A (en) 1990-01-11 2000-11-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties
US6162963A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-12-19 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of Xenogenetic antibodies
US6165745A (en) 1992-04-24 2000-12-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Recombinant production of immunoglobulin-like domains in prokaryotic cells
US6165779A (en) 1996-01-08 2000-12-26 Canji, Inc. Compositions and methods for therapeutic use
US6172208B1 (en) 1992-07-06 2001-01-09 Genzyme Corporation Oligonucleotides modified with conjugate groups
US6172197B1 (en) 1991-07-10 2001-01-09 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US6187287B1 (en) 1994-08-12 2001-02-13 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunoconjugates and humanized antibodies specific for B-cell lymphoma and leukemia cells
WO2001014424A2 (fr) 1999-08-24 2001-03-01 Medarex, Inc. Anticorps contre l'antigene ctla-4 humain et utilisation
US6225289B1 (en) 1998-12-10 2001-05-01 Genvec, Inc. Methods and compositions for preserving adenoviral vectors
US6277375B1 (en) 1997-03-03 2001-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives
US6300319B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotide conjugates
US6335437B1 (en) 1998-09-07 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the preparation of conjugated oligomers
US6335434B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates
EP1176195A1 (fr) 1999-04-09 2002-01-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Methode de regulation de l'activite d'une molecule immunologiquement fonctionnelle
US6395437B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2002-05-28 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Junction profiling using a scanning voltage micrograph
WO2002043478A2 (fr) 2000-11-30 2002-06-06 Medarex, Inc. Rongeurs transgeniques et transchromosomiques pour la fabrication d'anticorps humains
US6407213B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2002-06-18 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6444806B1 (en) 1996-04-30 2002-09-03 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. Conjugates and methods of forming conjugates of oligonucleotides and carbohydrates
US6486308B2 (en) 1995-04-03 2002-11-26 Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Covalently linked oligonucleotide minor groove binder conjugates
US20030031671A1 (en) 2001-08-01 2003-02-13 Sydney Welt Methods of treating colon cancer utilizing tumor-specific antibodies
US6528631B1 (en) 1993-09-03 2003-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide-folate conjugates
US6548640B1 (en) 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
WO2003035835A2 (fr) 2001-10-25 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Compositions de glycoproteine
US6559279B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2003-05-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing peptide derivatized oligomeric compounds
WO2003048185A2 (fr) 2001-11-30 2003-06-12 Genvec, Inc. Facteurs associes a l'angiopoietine
US6632927B2 (en) 1989-12-21 2003-10-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Humanized antibodies
US6653104B2 (en) 1996-10-17 2003-11-25 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunotoxins, comprising an internalizing antibody, directed against malignant and normal cells
US6696686B1 (en) 1999-06-06 2004-02-24 Elgems Ltd. SPECT for breast cancer detection
US20040038894A1 (en) 1996-12-31 2004-02-26 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (I.N.S.E.R.M.) Compounds for modulating cell negative regulations and biological applications thereof
US20040110704A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells of which genome is modified
WO2004056392A1 (fr) 2002-12-23 2004-07-08 Innate Pharma Compositions pharmaceutiques presentant un effet sur la proliferation de cellules nk et procede utilisant ces compositions
WO2005003168A2 (fr) 2003-07-02 2005-01-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Compositions et procedes pour la regulation d'activite de cellules nk
WO2005009465A1 (fr) 2003-07-24 2005-02-03 Innate Pharma Methodes et compositions pour augmenter l'efficacite d'anticorps therapeutiques au moyen de composes de potentialisation de cellules nk
WO2005037306A1 (fr) 2003-10-17 2005-04-28 Novo Nordisk A/S Therapie combinee
WO2005079766A2 (fr) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Novo Nordisk A/S Polytherapie
WO2006003179A2 (fr) 2004-07-01 2006-01-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps anti-kir humains
US20060034852A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-02-16 Zymogenetics, Inc. TACI-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
WO2006072625A2 (fr) 2005-01-06 2006-07-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Procedes et traitements combines anti-kir
WO2008084106A1 (fr) 2007-01-11 2008-07-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps anti-kir, formulations et utilisations de celles-ci
WO2011120013A2 (fr) 2010-03-26 2011-09-29 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Vista, une protéine médiatrice régulatrice des lymphocytes t, agents de liaison à vista et utilisation associée

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6905827B2 (en) * 2001-06-08 2005-06-14 Expression Diagnostics, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing or monitoring auto immune and chronic inflammatory diseases
CN1842541B (zh) * 2003-07-02 2013-03-27 诺沃挪第克公司 调节nk细胞活性的组合物和方法
BRPI0511183A (pt) * 2004-05-21 2007-12-04 Pfizer Prod Inc metabólitos de (+)-(2s, 3s)-3-(2-metóxi-5-trifluorometoxibenzilamino)-2-fenil- piperidina
EP1831258B2 (fr) * 2004-12-28 2023-06-07 Innate Pharma S.A. Anticorps monoclonaux contre le nkg2a
WO2006072624A2 (fr) * 2005-01-06 2006-07-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Compositions et procedes de traitement d'infections virales
PT1836225E (pt) * 2005-01-06 2012-01-10 Novo Nordisk As Agentes de ligação a kir e métodos de utilização dos mesmos
WO2007042573A2 (fr) * 2005-10-14 2007-04-19 Innate Pharma Compositions et procedes pour traiter des troubles de proliferation
CA2741489A1 (fr) * 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Procedes, compositions et kits pour diagnostiquer, surveiller et traiter une maladie
ES2627910T3 (es) * 2009-12-29 2017-08-01 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Métodos para potenciar la proliferación y la actividad de células destructoras naturales
AR083957A1 (es) * 2010-11-22 2013-04-10 Innate Pharma Sa Tratamiento para modular las celulas nk y metodos para tratar malignidad hematologica
KR102009106B1 (ko) * 2018-01-11 2019-08-08 고려대학교 산학협력단 사용자 인증 방법

Patent Citations (122)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4376110A (en) 1980-08-04 1983-03-08 Hybritech, Incorporated Immunometric assays using monoclonal antibodies
US4366241A (en) 1980-08-07 1982-12-28 Syva Company Concentrating zone method in heterogeneous immunoassays
US4366241B1 (fr) 1980-08-07 1988-10-18
US4517288A (en) 1981-01-23 1985-05-14 American Hospital Supply Corp. Solid phase system for ligand assay
EP0073494A1 (fr) 1981-09-02 1983-03-09 BROWN, BOVERI & CIE Aktiengesellschaft Méthode pour le nettoyage de conducteurs creux de machines et appareils électriques refroidis
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
EP0173494A2 (fr) 1984-08-27 1986-03-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Récepteurs chimériques par liaison et expression de l'ADN
WO1986001533A1 (fr) 1984-09-03 1986-03-13 Celltech Limited Production d'anticorps chimeriques
US4699880A (en) 1984-09-25 1987-10-13 Immunomedics, Inc. Method of producing monoclonal anti-idiotype antibody
EP0184187A2 (fr) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Chaîne lourde d'immunoglobuline chimère souris-humaine et chimère de l'ADN codant celle-ci
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683202B1 (fr) 1985-03-28 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4837168A (en) 1985-12-23 1989-06-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Immunoassay using colorable latex particles
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4683195B1 (fr) 1986-01-30 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US6548640B1 (en) 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
EP0264166A1 (fr) 1986-04-09 1988-04-20 Genzyme Corporation Animaux transformés génétiquement sécrétant une protéine désirée dans le lait
US4987071A (en) 1986-12-03 1991-01-22 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US5116742A (en) 1986-12-03 1992-05-26 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US5648260A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-07-15 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated DNA encoding antibodies with altered effector functions
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
WO1988009810A1 (fr) 1987-06-11 1988-12-15 Synthetic Genetics Nouveaux conjugues d'acide nucleique amphiphile
US4873316A (en) 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
US5283317A (en) 1987-08-03 1994-02-01 Ddi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intermediates for conjugation of polypeptides with high molecular weight polyalkylene glycols
US5677425A (en) 1987-09-04 1997-10-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibody
WO1989010134A1 (fr) 1988-04-25 1989-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Peptides chimeriques d'administration de neuropeptides a travers la barriere vasculaire du cerveau
US5476996A (en) 1988-06-14 1995-12-19 Lidak Pharmaceuticals Human immune system in non-human animal
US5698767A (en) 1988-06-14 1997-12-16 Lidak Pharmaceuticals Human immune system in non-human animal
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5403484A (en) 1988-09-02 1995-04-04 Protein Engineering Corporation Viruses expressing chimeric binding proteins
US5571698A (en) 1988-09-02 1996-11-05 Protein Engineering Corporation Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US6180370B1 (en) 1988-12-28 2001-01-30 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5693762A (en) 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
US6632927B2 (en) 1989-12-21 2003-10-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Humanized antibodies
US6153737A (en) 1990-01-11 2000-11-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6162963A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-12-19 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of Xenogenetic antibodies
US5939598A (en) 1990-01-12 1999-08-17 Abgenix, Inc. Method of making transgenic mice lacking endogenous heavy chains
US6114598A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-09-05 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5580756A (en) 1990-03-26 1996-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. B7Ig fusion protein
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5580717A (en) 1990-05-01 1996-12-03 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5969108A (en) 1990-07-10 1999-10-19 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5877397A (en) 1990-08-29 1999-03-02 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5569825A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-10-29 Genpharm International Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5770429A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-06-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5789650A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-08-04 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5814318A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-09-29 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
WO1992003918A1 (fr) 1990-08-29 1992-03-19 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux non humains transgeniques capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5874299A (en) 1990-08-29 1999-02-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US6639055B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2003-10-28 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6054297A (en) 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
US6407213B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2002-06-18 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US5844095A (en) 1991-06-27 1998-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company CTLA4 Ig fusion proteins
US6172197B1 (en) 1991-07-10 2001-01-09 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US6593081B1 (en) 1991-12-02 2003-07-15 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US5885793A (en) 1991-12-02 1999-03-23 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US6582915B1 (en) 1991-12-02 2003-06-24 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self bodies from antibody segment repertories and displayed on phage
US6555313B1 (en) 1991-12-02 2003-04-29 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US6544731B1 (en) 1991-12-02 2003-04-08 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertories and displayed on phage
US6521404B1 (en) 1991-12-02 2003-02-18 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
WO1993012227A1 (fr) 1991-12-17 1993-06-24 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques non humains capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US5660827A (en) 1992-03-05 1997-08-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Antibodies that bind to endoglin
US6350861B1 (en) 1992-03-09 2002-02-26 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Antibodies with increased binding affinity
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US6165745A (en) 1992-04-24 2000-12-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Recombinant production of immunoglobulin-like domains in prokaryotic cells
US6172208B1 (en) 1992-07-06 2001-01-09 Genzyme Corporation Oligonucleotides modified with conjugate groups
WO1994010300A1 (fr) 1992-10-30 1994-05-11 The General Hospital Corporation Systeme de piegeage d'interaction pour l'isolation de nouvelles proteines
US5624659A (en) 1993-03-19 1997-04-29 Duke University Method of treating brain tumors expressing tenascin
WO1994025585A1 (fr) 1993-04-26 1994-11-10 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US6528631B1 (en) 1993-09-03 2003-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide-folate conjugates
US6187287B1 (en) 1994-08-12 2001-02-13 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunoconjugates and humanized antibodies specific for B-cell lymphoma and leukemia cells
US6486308B2 (en) 1995-04-03 2002-11-26 Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Covalently linked oligonucleotide minor groove binder conjugates
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US6121022A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-09-19 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
WO1997013852A1 (fr) 1995-10-10 1997-04-17 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux non humains transgeniques pouvant produire des anticorps heterologues
US6165779A (en) 1996-01-08 2000-12-26 Canji, Inc. Compositions and methods for therapeutic use
WO1997028267A1 (fr) 1996-02-02 1997-08-07 Repligen Corporation Anticorps et proteines de fusion d'immunoglobuline presentant des fonctions d'effecteur modifiees et leurs utilisations
US6444806B1 (en) 1996-04-30 2002-09-03 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. Conjugates and methods of forming conjugates of oligonucleotides and carbohydrates
US6653104B2 (en) 1996-10-17 2003-11-25 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunotoxins, comprising an internalizing antibody, directed against malignant and normal cells
WO1998024884A1 (fr) 1996-12-02 1998-06-11 Genpharm International Animaux transgeniques non humains capables de produire des anticorps heterologues
US20040038894A1 (en) 1996-12-31 2004-02-26 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (I.N.S.E.R.M.) Compounds for modulating cell negative regulations and biological applications thereof
US6277375B1 (en) 1997-03-03 2001-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives
WO1999045962A1 (fr) 1998-03-13 1999-09-16 Genpharm International, Inc. Animaux transgeniques capables de fabriquer des anticorps heterologues
WO1999054342A1 (fr) 1998-04-20 1999-10-28 Pablo Umana Modification par glycosylation d'anticorps aux fins d'amelioration de la cytotoxicite cellulaire dependant des anticorps
US6525031B2 (en) 1998-06-16 2003-02-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted Oligonucleotide conjugates
US6300319B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotide conjugates
US6335434B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates
WO2000006593A1 (fr) 1998-07-28 2000-02-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Acides nucleiques codant les recepteurs associes a la proteine g qui interviennent dans la transduction sensorielle
US6335437B1 (en) 1998-09-07 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the preparation of conjugated oligomers
US6225289B1 (en) 1998-12-10 2001-05-01 Genvec, Inc. Methods and compositions for preserving adenoviral vectors
EP1176195A1 (fr) 1999-04-09 2002-01-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Methode de regulation de l'activite d'une molecule immunologiquement fonctionnelle
US6696686B1 (en) 1999-06-06 2004-02-24 Elgems Ltd. SPECT for breast cancer detection
WO2001014424A2 (fr) 1999-08-24 2001-03-01 Medarex, Inc. Anticorps contre l'antigene ctla-4 humain et utilisation
US6395437B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2002-05-28 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Junction profiling using a scanning voltage micrograph
US6559279B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2003-05-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing peptide derivatized oligomeric compounds
WO2002043478A2 (fr) 2000-11-30 2002-06-06 Medarex, Inc. Rongeurs transgeniques et transchromosomiques pour la fabrication d'anticorps humains
US20060034852A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-02-16 Zymogenetics, Inc. TACI-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
US20030031671A1 (en) 2001-08-01 2003-02-13 Sydney Welt Methods of treating colon cancer utilizing tumor-specific antibodies
WO2003035835A2 (fr) 2001-10-25 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Compositions de glycoproteine
WO2003048185A2 (fr) 2001-11-30 2003-06-12 Genvec, Inc. Facteurs associes a l'angiopoietine
US20040110704A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells of which genome is modified
WO2004056392A1 (fr) 2002-12-23 2004-07-08 Innate Pharma Compositions pharmaceutiques presentant un effet sur la proliferation de cellules nk et procede utilisant ces compositions
WO2005003168A2 (fr) 2003-07-02 2005-01-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Compositions et procedes pour la regulation d'activite de cellules nk
WO2005003172A2 (fr) 2003-07-02 2005-01-13 Innate Pharma Compositions et procedes permettant de reguler l'activite des cellules nk
WO2005009465A1 (fr) 2003-07-24 2005-02-03 Innate Pharma Methodes et compositions pour augmenter l'efficacite d'anticorps therapeutiques au moyen de composes de potentialisation de cellules nk
WO2005037306A1 (fr) 2003-10-17 2005-04-28 Novo Nordisk A/S Therapie combinee
WO2005079766A2 (fr) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Novo Nordisk A/S Polytherapie
WO2006003179A2 (fr) 2004-07-01 2006-01-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps anti-kir humains
WO2006072625A2 (fr) 2005-01-06 2006-07-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Procedes et traitements combines anti-kir
WO2008084106A1 (fr) 2007-01-11 2008-07-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Anticorps anti-kir, formulations et utilisations de celles-ci
WO2011120013A2 (fr) 2010-03-26 2011-09-29 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Vista, une protéine médiatrice régulatrice des lymphocytes t, agents de liaison à vista et utilisation associée

Non-Patent Citations (311)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Autoimmune disorders.", 19 April 2012, MEDLINEPLUS- U.S. NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE
"CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY", 2011, GREENE PUBLISHING ASSOC. AND WILEY INTERSCIENCE
"Instruction Manual", 2002, article "Guide to Baculovirus Expression Vector Systems (BEVs) and Insect Culture Techniques"
"Molecular Biology and Biotechnology", ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY
"Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3d Ed.]", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
"Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual[3rd Ed.]", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
"Scatchard analysis of Munson & Pollard", ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 107, 1980, pages 220
"Structural Concepts in Immunology and Immunochemistry", 1976, HOLT, RINEHART, pages: 413 - 436
"Theory and Nucleic Acid Preparation", ELSEVIER, article "Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology: Hybridization With Nucleic Acid Probes"
"World Health Organization Classification of Tumors", vol. 3, 2001, IARC PRESS, article "Pathology and Genetics of Tumors of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues", pages: 77 - 80
AGUILAR: "HPLC of Peptides and Proteins: Methods and Protocols", 2004, HUMANA PRESS
AHMED: "Purification and Characterization", 2004, CRC PRESS, article "Principles and Reactions of Protein Extraction"
ALMQUIST ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 23, 1980, pages 1392 - 1398
ANDREW ABELL: "Advances in Amino Acid Mimetics and Peptidomimetics", vol. 2, 1999, JAI PRESS, INC
ANDREWS ET AL., CLINICAL IMMUNOBIOLOGY, 1980, pages 1 - 18
ANNU. REV. BIOMOL. STRUCT., vol. 32, 2003, pages 93 - 114
ANNU. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 6, 1988, pages 251 - 87
ARKIN; YOUVAN, PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 7811 - 7815
AUSUBEL ET AL.,: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology(5h edition),", 2002, JOHN WILEY & SONS
AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 2011, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC
AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 2011, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
AUSUBEL: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 2011, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
AUSUBEL: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology", 2002, JOHN WILEY & SONS
BAEK ET AL., METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 362, 2003, pages 240 - 9
BAILEY ET AL., PROTEIN SCIENCE, vol. 12, 2003, pages 2453 - 2475
BALDARI ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 6, 1987, pages 229 - 234
BANEIJI ET AL., CELL, vol. 33, 1983, pages 729 - 740
BANERJI, CELL, vol. 33, 1983, pages 729 - 740
BARRINGER, GENE, vol. 89, 1990, pages 117
BARTEL ET AL., BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 14, 1993, pages 920 - 924
BARTEL; SZOSTAK, SCIENCE, vol. 261, 1993, pages 1411 - 1418
BATZER, NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 5081
BENOITON: "Chemistry of Peptide Synthesis", 2005, CRC PRESS
BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 6661, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BERGER, METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 152, 1987, pages 307 - 16
BERNARDI: "Gene Transfer and Expression in Mammalian Cells", vol. 38, 2003, ELSEVIER SCIENCE B.V
BERNEY ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 190, 1999, pages 851 - 60
BETTER ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 240, 1988, pages 1041 - 1043
BIASSONI ET AL., CELL. MOL. MED., vol. 7, no. 4, 2003, pages 376 - 387
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, 1988, pages 423 - 426
BITTER ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOL., vol. 153, 1987, pages 516 - 544
BOULIANNE ET AL., NATURE, vol. 312, 1984, pages 643 - 46
BOULIANNE ET AL., NATURE, vol. 312, 1984, pages 643 - 646
BOWIE ET AL., SCI., vol. 247, 1990, pages 1306 - 10
BRISSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 310, 1984, pages 511 - 514
BROGLI ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 224, 1984, pages 838 - 843
BRUNNING RD; MATUTES E; HARRIS NL ET AL., ACUTE MYELOID LEUKAEMIA: INTRODUCTION.
BURG, MOL. CELL. PROBES, vol. 10, 1996, pages 257 - 71
BURKE ET AL.: "Methods in Yeast Genetics", 2000, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
BURTON, IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 1, no. 2, August 1995 (1995-08-01), pages 87 - 94
BYRNE; RUDDLE, PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 5473 - 5477
CABILLY ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 3273 - 3277
CALAME; EATON, ADV. IMMUNOL., vol. 43, 1988, pages 235 - 275
CAMPBELL; COLONNA, NATURAL KILLER CELL PROTOCOLS (METHODS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY SERIES VOL. 121, 2000
CAMPBELL; COLONNA, NATURAL KILLER CELL PROTOCOLS, vol. 121, 2000
CAMPBELL; PURDY, IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 132, no. 3, 2011, pages 315 - 25
CAMPES; TILGHMAN, GENES DEV., vol. 3, 1989, pages 537 - 546
CARRINGTON; NORMAN, THE KIR GENE CLUSTER, 28 May 2003 (2003-05-28)
CASON, J VIROL METHODS, vol. 49, no. 2, 1994, pages 209 - 19
CERWEKNKA ET AL., NAT. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 1, 2001, pages 41 - 49
CHEN ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 821 - 830
CHEN ET AL., INTERNATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 5, 1993, pages 647 - 656
CHESON ET AL., JCO, vol. 21, no. 24, 2003, pages 4642 - 4649
CHOI ET AL., NATURE GENETICS, vol. 4, 1993, pages 117 - 123
CHOTHIA; LESK, J MOL. BIOL., vol. 196, 1987, pages 901 - 917
COLLIGAN ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Immunology", 1992, GREENE PUBLISHING ASSOC. AND WILEY INTERSCIENCE
COLLIGAN: "Current Protocols in Immunology", 2005, GREENE PUBLISHING ASSOC. AND WILEY INTERSCIENCE
CORTESE ET AL., IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 1, no. 2, August 1995 (1995-08-01), pages 87 - 94
CORUZZI ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 3, 1984, pages 1671 - 1680
COX ET AL., EUR. J IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 827 - 836
CREIGHTON: "Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles [2 nd Ed.]", 1992, W.H. FREEMAN AND COMPANY
CREIGHTON: "Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties [2 nd Ed.]", 1992
CREIGHTON: "Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties [2 nd Ed.]", 1992, W.H. FREEMAN
CULTURE: "Protein Purification Protocols", 2003, HUMANA PRESS
CUNNINGHAM ET AL., SCI, vol. 244, 1989, pages 1081 - 85
CZOMPOLY ET AL., BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN., vol. 307, no. 4, 8 August 2003 (2003-08-08), pages 791 - 6
DAVID ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 13, 1974, pages 1014
DE VOS ET AL., SCI, vol. 255, 1992, pages 306 - 12
DELAGRAVE ET AL., PROTEIN ENG., vol. 6, no. 3, 1993, pages 327 - 331
D'EUSTACHIO ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 220, 1983, pages 919 - 924
DONG ET AL., J. IMMONOL., vol. 163, 1999, pages 5427 - 34
DOUILLARD ET AL., LANCET, vol. 355, 2000, pages 1041 - 7
DOWNWARD, J MASS SPECTROM, vol. 35, no. 4, April 2000 (2000-04-01), pages 493 - 503
DROMEY ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 172, no. 7, 1 April 2004 (2004-04-01), pages 4084 - 90
EDELMAN, ANN. NY. ACAD. SCI., vol. 190, 1971, pages 5
EDLUND ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 230, 1985, pages 912 - 916
EHRING H, ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 267, no. 2, 1999, pages 252 - 259
ENGEN, J.R.; SMITH, D.L., ANAL. CHEM., vol. 73, 2001, pages 256A - 265A
ERNST SCHERING RES FOUND WORKSHOP., vol. 44, 2004, pages 149 - 67
EVANS ET AL., J. MED. CHEM, vol. 30, 1987, pages 1229
FARAG ET AL., EXPERT OPIN. BIOL. THER., vol. 3, no. 2, 2003, pages 237 - 250
FAUCHERE, ADV. DRUG RES., vol. 15, 1986, pages 29
FINN P. J. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 24, no. 17, 1996, pages 3357 - 63
FISHWILD ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 845 - 851
FRIER ET AL., PNAS, vol. 83, 1986, pages 9373 - 77
FUNG: "Protein Arrays: Methods", 2004, PROTOCOLS HUMANA PRESS
GAULTIER ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 15, 1987, pages 6625 - 6641
GILLILAND ET AL., PROC. NAT'L ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4539
GODING: "Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice", 1986, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 59 - 103
GOEDDEL: "Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS
GOLAN: "Principles of Pharmacology: The Pathophysiologic Basis of Drug Therapy", 2008
GOLDSBY, ET AL.,: "Immunology(5h Ed.)", W.H. FREEMAN AND COMPANY, article "Antigens", pages: 57 - 75
GOODMAN ET AL., GOODMAN & GILMAN'S THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS, 2011
GOTOH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 162, 1982, pages 705 - 708
GOTTESMAN: "Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 119 - 128
GRENNARO, REMINGTON: THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY, 2005
GRENNARO: "Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2005
GUATELLI, PNAS, vol. 87, 1990, pages 1874
GURLEY ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 6, 1986, pages 559 - 565
HANDBOOK OF EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 113, 1994, pages 49 - 101
HANN, J. CHEM. SOC PERKIN. TRANS, 1982, pages 307 - 314
HARDING; LONBERG, ANN. NY. ACAD. SCI., vol. 764, 1995, pages 536 - 546
HARLOW ET AL.: "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 1988, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
HARLOW; LANE: "USING ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL", 1998, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
HASELOFF; GERLACH, NATURE, vol. 334, 1988, pages 585 - 59
HATTI-KAUL AND MATTIASSON: "Isolation and Purification of Proteins", 2003
HAYRNES ET AL.: "Nucleic Acid Hybridization, a Practical Approach", 1985, IRL PRESS
HE ET AL., CLIN. CANCER RES., vol. 10, 2004, pages 1920 - 27
HELENE ET AL., ANN. N.Y. ACAD. SCI, vol. 660, 1992, pages 27 - 36
HELENE, ANTICANCER DRUG DES., vol. 6, no. 6, 1991, pages 569 - 84
HERDEWIJN: "Methods in Molecular Biolog: Oligonucleotide Synthesis: Methods and Applications", vol. 288, 2005, HUMANA PRESS
HO ET AL., GENE, vol. 77, no. 1, 1989, pages 51 - 59
HOGG, IMMUNOL. TODAY, vol. 9, 1988, pages 185 - 86
HOLLADAY ET AL., TETRAHEDRON. LETT., vol. 24, 1983, pages 4401 - 4404
HOLLIGER ET AL., PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448
HOPP; WOODS, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 78, no. 6, 1991, pages 3824 - 3828
HOWARD; KASER: "Making and Using Antibodies: A Practical Handbook", 2007, CRC PRESS
HOWLAND: "Lippincott's Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology", 2005
HRUBY, LIFE SCI., vol. 31, 1982, pages 189 - 199
HUANG ET AL., JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 281, no. 1, 1998, pages 61 - 67
HUDSON ET AL., INT. J. PEPT. PROT. RES., vol. 14, 1979, pages 177 - 185
HUNTER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 144, 1962, pages 945
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883
HYRUP; NIELSEN, BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 4, no. 1, 1996, pages 5 - 23
IKE ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 11, 1983, pages 477
INNIS: "PCR Protocols, a Guide to Methods and Applications", 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS
INNIS: "PCR Strategies", 1995, ACADEMIC PRESS, INC.
INOUE ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 215, 1987, pages 327 - 330
INOUE ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 15, 1987, pages 6131 - 6148
IRVING ET AL., CURR OPIN CHEM BIOL., vol. 5, no. 3, June 2001 (2001-06-01), pages 314 - 24
ITAKURA ET AL., ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM, vol. 53, 1984, pages 323
ITAKURA ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 198, 1984, pages 1056
IWABUCHI ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 8, 1993, pages 1693 - 1696
J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 183, 1995, pages 33 - 41
J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 147, 1981, pages 195 - 197
JENNINGS-WHITE ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 23, 1982, pages 2533
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1987, NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES OR THE HYPERVARIABLE LOOPS IN 3-DIMENSIONAL STRUCTURES OF ANTIBODIES, 1983
KABAT, E. A ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest [5th Ed.]", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242
KABAT: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interes, Fifth Edition,", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242
KABAT: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242
KAMBHAMPATI: "Protein Microarray Technology John", 2004, WILEY & SONS
KAUFMAN, EMBO J., vol. 6, 1987, pages 187 - 195
KESSEL; GRUSS, SCIENCE, vol. 249, 1990, pages 374 - 379
KINDT ET AL.: "Kuby Immunology 6th Ed.,", 2006
KIPRIYANOV ET AL., HUM. ANTIBODIES HYBRIDOMAS, vol. 6, 1995, pages 93 - 101
KIPRIYANOV ET AL., MOL IMMUNOL., vol. 31, 1994, pages 1047 - 1058
KISELAR; DOWNARD, ANAL CHEM., vol. 71, no. 9, 1 May 1999 (1999-05-01), pages 1792 - 801
KOHL ET AL., IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 48, 1983, pages 187
KOHLER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495
KOHLER; MILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497
KOLASKAR; TONGAONKAR, FEBS LETTERS, vol. 276, no. 1-2, 1990, pages 172 - 174
KROL ET AL., BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 6, 1988, pages 958 - 976
KROLICK ET AL., PROC. NAT'L ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 5419
KROLL, DNA CELL. BIOL., vol. 12, 1993, pages 441 - 53
KURJAN; HERSKOWITZ, CELL, vol. 30, 1982, pages 933 - 943
KUROIWA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 20, 2002, pages 889 - 894
KWOH, PNAS, vol. 86, 1989, pages 1173
LAM, ANTICANCER DRUG DES, vol. 12, 1997, pages 145
LANDEGREN, SCIENCE, vol. 241, 1988, pages 1077
LANDT ET AL., GENE, vol. 96, no. 1, 1990, pages 125 - 128
LATHE ET AL., J. MOLEC. BIOL., vol. 183, 1985, pages 1 - 12
LEMAITRE, PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 84, 1987, pages 648 - 652
LETSINGER ET AL., PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 6553 - 6556
LIFE SCIENCE JOURNAL, vol. 5, no. 4, 2008, pages 17 - 22
LIU ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 84, 1987, pages 3439 - 3443
LONBERG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 368, no. 6474, 1994, pages 856 - 859
LONBERG, NATURE, vol. 368, no. 6474, 1994, pages 856 - 859
LONBERG; HUSZAR, INTERN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 13, 1995, pages 65 - 93
LUCKLOW; SUMMERS, VIROLOGY, vol. 170, 1989, pages 31 - 39
LUNDBLAD: "Techniques in Protein Modification"
MADURA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 268, 1993, pages 12046 - 12054
MAG, M., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 17, 1989, pages 5973 - 88
MAHER, L. J., BIOESSAYS, vol. 14, no. 12, 1992, pages 807 - 15
MAHNKE, J. CELL BIOL., vol. 151, 2000, pages 673 - 84
MANCA, ANN 1ST SUPER SANITA, vol. 27, no. L, 1991, pages 15 - 9
MANIATIS ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3rd Ed.]", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
MANIATIS: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual [3rd Ed.]", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
MARTIN ET AL., THE JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 169, 2002, pages 2818 - 2822
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554
MCCAFFERTY ET AL.: "Antibody Engineering: A Practical Approach", 2002, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
MCCONNELL, H. M. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 257, 1992, pages 1906 - 1912
MCDONALD WI; COMPSTON A; EDAN G ET AL., ANN. NEUROL., vol. 50, no. I, 2001, pages 121 - 7
MCGEOUGH, RHEUMATOLOGY INTERNATIONAL, 2011
MCGINNES ET AL., J IMMUNOL METHODS, vol. 80, 1984, pages 70 - 85
METHODS, vol. 36, 2005, pages 25 - 34
MORETTA ET AL., J EXP MED, vol. 178, 1993, pages 597 - 604
MORETTA ET AL., J EXP MED., vol. 178, no. 2, 1993, pages 597 - 604
MORLEY, TRENDS. PHARM. SCI., 1980, pages 463 - 468
MORRISON ET AL., PNAS USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 8651 - 55
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1994, pages 6851 - 6855
MULLER, METH. ENZYMOL., vol. 92, 1983, pages 589 - 601
MUMEY ET AL., J. COMPUT. BIOL., vol. 10, pages 555 - 567
MUMEY: "Proceedings of the Sixth Annual International Conference on Computational Molecular Biology (RECOMB-02", ACM PRESS, pages: 233 - 240
MUNSON ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 107, 1980, pages 220
MYERS; MILLER, CABIOS, vol. 4, 1989, pages 11 - 17
NARANG, TETRAHEDRON, vol. 39, 1983, pages 3
NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 845 - 851
NEDELKOV & NELSON: "New and Emerging Proteomic Techniques", 2006, HUMANA PRESS
NEEDLEMAN; WUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 443 - 453
NEUBERGER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 314, 1985, pages 268 - 270
NEUBERGER, NATURE, vol. 314, 1985, pages 268 - 270
NIGAVEKAR ET AL., PHARM RES., vol. 21, no. 3, March 2004 (2004-03-01), pages 476 - 83
NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 22, 1994, pages 4673 - 4680
NYGREN, HISTOCHEM AND CYTOCHEM, vol. 30, 1982, pages 407
OBERG, EUR. J. IMMUNOL, vol. 34, 2004, pages 1646
O'DELL, NEW ENGL. J. MED., vol. 350, 2004, pages 2591 - 2603
OHTSUKA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 2605 - 08
OKEN: "Toxicity And Response Criteria Of The Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group", AM J CLIN ONCOL, vol. 5, 1982, pages 649 - 655
OSBOURN, NAT. BIOTECHNOL., vol. 16, 1998, pages 778
OTTAVI, BIOCHIMIE, vol. 80, 1998, pages 289 - 93
PAIN ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METH., vol. 40, 1981, pages 219
PARIENTE B. ET AL., DEVELOPMENT OF THE CROHN'S DISEASE DIGESTIVE DAMAGE SCORE, THE LEMANN SCORE INNFLAMM BOWEL DIS, 28 November 2010 (2010-11-28)
PARKER ET AL., MOL BIOTECHNOL., vol. 20, no. 1, January 2002 (2002-01-01), pages 49 - 62
PERRY-O'KEEFE, PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 93, 1996, pages 14670 - 675
PETERSER ET AL., BIOORGANIC MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 5, 1975, pages 1119 - 11124
PINKERT ET AL., GENES DEV., vol. 1, 1987, pages 268 - 277
POLJAK ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 2, 1994, pages 1121 - 1123
POLYAK, PROTEIN ENG, vol. 10, 1997, pages 615 - 19
POLYAK, PROTEIN ENG., vol. 10, 1997, pages 615 - 19
PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883
PROC NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pages 6223 - 27
QUEEN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. U.S.A., vol. 86, 1989, pages 10029 - 10033
QUEEN; BALTIMORE, CELL, vol. 33, 1983, pages 741 - 748
RADAEV ET AL., ANNU. REV. BIOPHYS. BIOMOL. STRUCT., vol. 32, 2003, pages 93 - 114
RAPLEY: "The Nucleic Acid Protocols Handbook", 2000, HUMANA PRESS
RATTAN ET AL., ANN. NY ACAD. SCI., vol. 663, 1992, pages 48 - 62
RAULET; VANCE, NATURE IMMUNO. REV., vol. 6, 2006, pages 520 - 531
REICHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 327
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1998, pages 323 - 327
RIZO; GIERASCH, ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 61, 1992, pages 387
ROMAGNE ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 114, 2009, pages 2667 - 2677
ROSE, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 26, 1998, pages 1628 - 35
ROSSOLINI ET AL., MOL. CELL. PROBES, vol. 8, 1994, pages 91 - 98
S. JOHANSSON ET AL., J. EXP. MED, vol. 201, 2005, pages 1145
SAHAGAN ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 137, 1986, pages 1066 - 1074
SAITO; PATTERSON, METHODS, vol. 9, no. 3, June 1996 (1996-06-01), pages 516 - 24
SALTZ ET AL., PROC ASCO, vol. 18, 1999, pages 233
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY AND WALKER & PAPLEY
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual(3'' Ed.)", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
SAMBROOK: "Molec. Cloning: Lab. Manual [3rd Ed]", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SAMBROOK: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
SANDBORN WJ ET AL., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 112, 2002, pages 512
SCHULTZ ET AL., GENE, vol. 54, 1987, pages 113 - 123
SEIFTER ET AL., METH. ENZYMOL., vol. 182, 1990, pages 626 - 46
SHIELDS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 277, 2002, pages 26733 - 26740
SHIELDS ET AL., TISSUE ANTIGENS, vol. 51, no. 5, May 1998 (1998-05-01), pages 567 - 70
SIMPSON: "Protein Sequencing Protocols [2 nd Ed.]", 2002, HUMANA PRESS
SINGH, BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 24, 1998, pages 318 - 19
SMITH ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 224, 1992, pages 899 - 904
SMITH ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 3, 1983, pages 2156 - 2165
SMITH, J. CLIN. MICROBIOL., vol. 35, 1997, pages 1477 - 91
SMITH: "Protein Sequencing Protocols 2nd ed.,", 2002, HUMANA PRESS
SMITH; JOHNSON, GENE, vol. 67, 1988, pages 31 - 40
SOLA ET AL., P.N.A.S. U.S.A, vol. 106, no. 31, 2009, pages 12879 - 12884
SOOKNANAN, BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 13, 1995, pages 563 - 64
SPATOLA ET AL., LIFE. SCI., vol. 38, 1986, pages 1243 - 1249
SPATOLA: "Peptide Backbone Modifications", VEGA DATA, vol. I, no. 3, 1983
STEWART: "Solid Phase Peptide Syntheses [2 nd Ed.]", 1984, PIERCE CHEMICAL COMPANY
STUDIER ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOL., vol. 185, 1990, pages 60 - 89
SUN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 84, 1987, pages 214 - 218
SWAMY: "Laboratory Manual on Biotechnology Rastogi Publications", 2008
TAKAMATSU ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 6, 1987, pages 307 - 311
TARENTINO ET AL., BIOCHEM., vol. 14, 1975, pages 5516 - 23
TAYLOR ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 20, 1992, pages 6287 - 6295
TAYLOR, INTERNATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 6, 1994, pages 579 - 591
TOMIZUKA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 97, 2000, pages 722 - 727
TOMLINSON ET AL.: "The Repertoire of Human Germline VH Sequences Reveals about Fifty Groups of VH Segments with Different Hypervariable Loops", J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 776 - 798, XP024020607, DOI: doi:10.1016/0022-2836(92)90223-7
TUAILLON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 152, 1994, pages 2912 - 2920
TUAILLON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 3720 - 3724
TURNER ET AL., CSH SYMP. QUANT. BIOL. LFL, 1987, pages 123 - 33
TURNER ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 109, 1987, pages 3783 - 85
UMANA ET AL., NAT. BIOTECH., vol. 17, 1999, pages 176 - 180
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 36
VERMA ET AL.: "Human Chromosomes: A Manual of basic Techniques", 1988, PERGAMON PRESS
WADA, NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 20, 1992, pages 2111 - 2118
WALKER: "Protein Protocols Handbook [2 nd Ed.]", 2002, HUMANA PRESS
WALKER; PAPLEY: "Molecular Biology and Biotechnology [5hEd.]", 2009, ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY
WANG; HANSON, J. PARENTERAL. SCI. TECH, vol. 42, 1988, pages S4 - S6
WANG; YU, CURR DRUG TARGETS, vol. 5, no. 1, January 2004 (2004-01-01), pages 1 - 15
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 - 546
WARREN ET AL., BRITISH J. HAEMATOLOGY, vol. 121, 2003, pages 793 - 804
WEINSTEIN, B.,: "Spatola in Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins Weinstein", 1983, MARCEL DEKKER, pages: 267
WEISSBACH; WEISSBACH: "Methods for Plant Molecular Biology", 1988, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 421 - 463
WELLING ET AL., FEBS LETTERS, vol. 188, no. 2, 1985, pages 215 - 218
WELLS: "High Throughout Bioanalytical Sample Preparation", 2002, ELSEVIER HEALTH SCIENCES
WESTWOOD AND HAY: "Epitope Mapping A Practical Approach", 2001, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
WILD: "The Immunoassay Handbook[3d Ed.]", 2008, ELSEVIER
WILLIAMS, BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 34, 1995, pages 1787 - 97
WILSON ET AL., HUMAN IMMUNOL, vol. 71, no. 3, 2010, pages 293 - 7
WINOTO; BALTIMORE, EMBO J., vol. 8, 1989, pages 729 - 733
WOLD: "Posttranslational Covalent Modification of Proteins", 1983, ACAD. PRESS
WU: "Genomics", vol. 4, 1989, pages: 560
YAMANE-OHNUKI ET AL., BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, vol. 87, 2004, pages 614 - 22
YOULE ET AL., PROC. NAT'1 ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 5483
ZENEWICZ ET AL., TRENDS IN MOLECULAR MEDICINE, vol. 15, no. 5, 2009, pages 199 - 207
ZERVOS ET AL., CELL, vol. 72, 1993, pages 223 - 232
ZHIQIANG AN: "Therapeutic Monoclonal Antibodies: From Bench to Clinic", 2009, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
ZON, PHARM. RES., vol. 5, 1988, pages 539 - 549
ZURAWAKI, V. R. ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies", 1980, PLENUM PRESS, article "Continuously Proliferating Human Cell Lines Synthesizing Antibody of Predetermined Specificity", pages: 19 - 33

Cited By (92)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014055648A1 (fr) 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combinaison d'anticorps anti-kir et d'anticorps anti-pd-1 pour le traitement du cancer
EP3263601A1 (fr) 2012-10-02 2018-01-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combinaison d'anticorps anti-kir et anti-pd-1 pour traiter le cancer
EA038920B1 (ru) * 2012-10-02 2021-11-10 Бристол-Майерс Сквибб Компани Комбинация антител к kir и антител к pd-1 для лечения злокачественной опухоли
JP2016509044A (ja) * 2013-02-21 2016-03-24 シグモイド ファルマ リミテッド 腸管線維症の治療に用いる経口ステロイド製剤
US10494433B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2019-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of anti-KIR and anti-CS1 antibodies to treat multiple myeloma
CN106132989B (zh) * 2014-03-14 2020-06-19 先天制药公司 具有增加的稳定性的人源化抗体
CN106132989A (zh) * 2014-03-14 2016-11-16 先天制药公司 具有增加的稳定性的人源化抗体
RU2684703C2 (ru) * 2014-03-14 2019-04-11 Иннейт Фарма Гуманизированные антитела с повышенной стабильностью
WO2016030488A1 (fr) * 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 Innate Pharma Traitement d'une maladie coeliaque
EP3256157A4 (fr) * 2015-02-12 2018-08-01 The Regents of the University of Michigan Anticorps anti-kir
US11612654B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2023-03-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination therapy comprising nivolumab and ipilimumab
EP3738610A1 (fr) 2015-04-17 2020-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions comprenant une combinaison de ipilimumab et nivolumab
US10512689B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2019-12-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions comprising a combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab
US11612617B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2023-03-28 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11400110B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2022-08-02 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11642363B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2023-05-09 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11547716B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2023-01-10 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11147830B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2021-10-19 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10463049B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2019-11-05 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11517582B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2022-12-06 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10506812B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2019-12-17 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US11844760B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2023-12-19 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10624349B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-04-21 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10524477B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-01-07 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10561148B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-02-18 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
US10582712B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-03-10 Snipr Technologies Limited Altering microbial populations and modifying microbiota
EP3744340A2 (fr) 2015-07-16 2020-12-02 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Compositions et procédés pour le traitement du cancer
WO2017009842A2 (fr) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Compositions et méthodes pour le traitement du cancer
EP3943098A2 (fr) 2015-07-16 2022-01-26 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Compositions et procédés pour le traitement du cancer
WO2017079746A2 (fr) 2015-11-07 2017-05-11 Multivir Inc. Méthodes et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique suppressive de tumeur et le blocage du point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement du cancer
US11096965B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2021-08-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods related to polycytotoxic T cells
WO2017176672A1 (fr) * 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions et procédés associés à des lymphocytes t polycytotoxiques
US11623958B2 (en) 2016-05-20 2023-04-11 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Single chain variable fragment CD3 binding proteins
WO2017201502A1 (fr) 2016-05-20 2017-11-23 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Ltd. Utilisation d'agents de modulation du glutamate avec des immunothérapies pour traiter le cancer
US11351252B2 (en) 2016-06-05 2022-06-07 Snipr Technologies Limited Selectively altering microbiota for immune modulation
US11471530B2 (en) 2016-06-05 2022-10-18 Snipr Technologies Limited Selectively altering microbiota for immune modulation
EP3478320A4 (fr) * 2016-06-30 2020-09-09 Trellis Bioscience, LLC Anticorps monoclonaux ciblant la signalisation des récepteurs de la famille des immunoglobulines de tueurs (kir)
US11725055B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2023-08-15 Trellis Bioscience, Llc Monoclonal antibodies targeting killer immunoglobulin-like receptor (KIR) family signaling
US11395838B2 (en) 2016-09-27 2022-07-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for enhancing immune checkpoint blockade therapy by modulating the microbiome
WO2018064165A2 (fr) 2016-09-27 2018-04-05 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Procédés permettant d'améliorer le traitement par blocage du point de contrôle immunitaire en modulant le microbiome
US11278592B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2022-03-22 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions for TUSC2 immunotherapy
WO2018071668A1 (fr) 2016-10-12 2018-04-19 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Procédés et compositions pour une immunothérapie par tusc2
WO2018111902A1 (fr) 2016-12-12 2018-06-21 Multivir Inc. Méthodes et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique virale et un inhibiteur de point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement et la prévention du cancer et des maladies infectieuses
WO2018183928A1 (fr) 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés de traitement de tumeur
US11607453B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2023-03-21 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Mesothelin binding proteins
US11976125B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2024-05-07 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. B cell maturation antigen binding proteins
US11919957B2 (en) 2017-10-15 2024-03-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of treating tumor
WO2019075468A1 (fr) 2017-10-15 2019-04-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés de traitement de tumeur
WO2020036635A2 (fr) 2018-03-19 2020-02-20 Multivir Inc. Procédés et compositions comprenant une thérapie génique suppressive de tumeur et des agonistes de cd122/cd132 pour le traitement du cancer
US11242393B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2022-02-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies against MICA and/or MICB and uses thereof
EP4085923A1 (fr) 2018-03-25 2022-11-09 SNIPR Biome ApS. Traitement et prévention des infections microbiennes
WO2019185551A1 (fr) 2018-03-25 2019-10-03 Snipr Biome Aps. Traitement et prévention des infections microbiennes
EP4066851A1 (fr) 2018-03-25 2022-10-05 SNIPR Biome ApS. Traitement et prévention des infections microbiennes
WO2019191676A1 (fr) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Méthodes de traitement de tumeur
US10920222B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2021-02-16 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
US11485973B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2022-11-01 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
US11788085B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2023-10-17 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
US11643653B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2023-05-09 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
US10760075B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2020-09-01 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
US11421227B2 (en) 2018-04-30 2022-08-23 Snipr Biome Aps Treating and preventing microbial infections
WO2019241730A2 (fr) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Augmentation de l'activité immunitaire par modulation de facteurs de signalisation post-cellulaires
US11807692B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2023-11-07 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. DLL3 binding proteins and methods of use
WO2020127965A1 (fr) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
WO2020227159A2 (fr) 2019-05-03 2020-11-12 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Métodes de modulation de l'activité immunitaire
WO2020243568A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés d'identification d'un sujet approprié pour une thérapie d'immuno-oncologie (i-o)
WO2020243570A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signature de localisation cellulaire et polythérapie
WO2020243563A1 (fr) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signatures géniques multi-tumorales destinées à être adaptées à une thérapie immuno-oncologique
WO2021025177A1 (fr) 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 Astellas Pharma Inc. Polythérapie impliquant des anticorps dirigés contre la claudine 18.2 et inhibiteurs de point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement du cancer
WO2021024020A1 (fr) 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 Astellas Pharma Inc. Polythérapie impliquant des anticorps dirigés contre la claudine 18.2 et inhibiteurs de point de contrôle immunitaire pour le traitement du cancer
WO2021113644A1 (fr) 2019-12-05 2021-06-10 Multivir Inc. Combinaisons comprenant un activateur de lymphocytes t cd8+, un inhibiteur de point de contrôle immunitaire et une radiothérapie en vue d'obtenir des effets ciblés et abscopal pour le traitement du cancer
WO2021127217A1 (fr) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Polythérapies anticancéreuses ayant des inducteurs de désassemblage cellulaire dépendant du fer
WO2021255223A1 (fr) 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
WO2022006179A1 (fr) 2020-06-29 2022-01-06 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Virus modifiés pour favoriser la thanotransmission et leur utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
WO2022008519A1 (fr) 2020-07-07 2022-01-13 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique contre le cancer positif au vph
WO2022047412A1 (fr) 2020-08-31 2022-03-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signature de localisation cellulaire et immunothérapie
WO2022120179A1 (fr) 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Signatures géniques multi-tumorales et leurs utilisations
WO2022136255A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Programme de traitement pour protéines de cytokines
WO2022135667A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique pour le traitement du cancer
WO2022136266A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique pour le traitement du cancer
WO2022136257A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique pour le traitement du cancer
WO2022135666A1 (fr) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 BioNTech SE Programme de traitement faisant intervenir des protéines cytokines
WO2022146947A1 (fr) 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions d'anticorps et leurs procédés d'utilisation
WO2022146948A1 (fr) 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Administration sous-cutanée d'anticorps pd1/pd-l1
WO2022169825A1 (fr) * 2021-02-03 2022-08-11 Mozart Therapeutics, Inc. Agents de liaison et leurs méthodes d'utilisation
WO2022212876A1 (fr) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Anticorps dirigés contre un cdcp1 clivé et leurs utilisations
WO2023285552A1 (fr) 2021-07-13 2023-01-19 BioNTech SE Agents de liaison multispécifiques contre cd40 et cd137 en polythérapie du cancer
WO2023061930A1 (fr) 2021-10-11 2023-04-20 BioNTech SE Arn thérapeutique destiné au cancer du poumon
WO2023076876A1 (fr) * 2021-10-26 2023-05-04 Mozart Therapeutics, Inc. Modulation de réponses immunitaires à des vecteurs viraux
WO2023111203A1 (fr) 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Onxeo Nouvelles molécules d'acide nucléique conjuguées et leurs utilisations
WO2023178329A1 (fr) 2022-03-18 2023-09-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédés d'isolement de polypeptides
WO2023235847A1 (fr) 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compositions d'anticorps et leurs procédés d'utilisation
WO2024126457A1 (fr) 2022-12-14 2024-06-20 Astellas Pharma Europe Bv Polythérapie impliquant des agents de liaison bispécifiques se liant à cldn18.2 et cd3 et des inhibiteurs de point de contrôle immunitaire

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2714741B1 (fr) 2019-10-30
SG195082A1 (en) 2013-12-30
AR086582A1 (es) 2014-01-08
US20120328615A1 (en) 2012-12-27
CA2837184C (fr) 2021-09-21
IL229582B (en) 2020-06-30
US20150376275A1 (en) 2015-12-31
CN103717619A (zh) 2014-04-09
MX2013013635A (es) 2014-07-09
KR20140058445A (ko) 2014-05-14
EA036545B1 (ru) 2020-11-20
US9067997B2 (en) 2015-06-30
AU2012260601A1 (en) 2013-11-21
TW201311723A (zh) 2013-03-16
IL229582A0 (en) 2014-01-30
EP2714741A2 (fr) 2014-04-09
TWI560200B (en) 2016-12-01
CA2837184A1 (fr) 2012-11-29
SG10201603962TA (en) 2016-07-28
AU2012260601B2 (en) 2018-02-01
WO2012160448A3 (fr) 2013-05-10
MX347514B (es) 2017-04-28
CN103717619B (zh) 2018-11-13
JP2014520092A (ja) 2014-08-21
ES2765874T3 (es) 2020-06-11
BR112013030017A2 (pt) 2020-10-13
JP6342325B2 (ja) 2018-06-13
KR102046666B1 (ko) 2019-11-19
EA201391755A1 (ru) 2014-08-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9067997B2 (en) Anti-KIR antibodies for the treatment of inflammatory and autoimmune disorders
JP6665139B2 (ja) 新規ＶＩＳＴＡ−Ｉｇコンストラクト及び自己免疫、アレルギー性及び炎症性障害の処置のためのＶＩＳＴＡ−Ｉｇの使用
US20220048998A1 (en) Vista modulators for diagnosis and treatment of cancer
US20210032317A1 (en) Vista-ig for treatment of autoimmune, allergic and inflammatory disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12753810

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012260601

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20120525

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2013/013635

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014511973

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2837184

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20137033948

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201391755

Country of ref document: EA

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112013030017

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112013030017

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20131122